<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	>

<channel>
	<title>Elegant Themes Blog</title>
	<atom:link href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/feed" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog</link>
	<description>Best WordPress &#38; Divi Resources</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2026 20:07:28 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	
	<item>
		<title>Everything You Need To Know About Workspaces In Divi 5</title>
		<link>https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/everything-you-need-to-know-about-workspaces-in-divi-5</link>
					<comments>https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/everything-you-need-to-know-about-workspaces-in-divi-5#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ekta Swarnkar]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 24 Jul 2026 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Divi Resources]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[divi 5 workspaces]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[workspaces in divi 5]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/?p=316754</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>The Divi 5 Visual Builder is highly customizable. You can open and close panels, dock them to either side of the screen, float them over the canvas, resize them, group them into tabs, choose which top-bar icons appear, and switch between light and dark modes. That flexibility is useful, but it also creates a small [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/everything-you-need-to-know-about-workspaces-in-divi-5">Everything You Need To Know About Workspaces In Divi 5</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog">Elegant Themes Blog</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/divi-5/">Divi 5</a> Visual Builder is highly customizable. You can open and close panels, dock them to either side of the screen, float them over the canvas, resize them, group them into tabs, choose which top-bar icons appear, and switch between light and dark modes.</p>
<p>That flexibility is useful, but it also creates a small problem: the setup that works best for one task is not always the setup you want for another. A layout-heavy build might need the Layers and Inspector panels open. A writing session might need a cleaner canvas. A smaller screen might need fewer panels competing for space.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/workspaces">Divi 5 Workspaces</a> solve that by letting you save complete builder setups and switch between them whenever you need. Instead of rearranging the interface by hand every time your task changes, you can save one workspace for your default build flow, another for content editing, another for responsive checks, and another for focused work.</p>
<p>In this post, we’ll look at what Workspaces save, how they’re organized, how to create and manage your own, how to switch between them with the <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/?p=308962">Command Center</a>, and which workspace setups are worth trying on a real Divi 5 project.</p>
<h2>What Are Workspaces In Divi 5?</h2>
<p>A workspace is a saved version of your Visual Builder setup. It remembers how your builder interface is arranged and which preferences shape the way it behaves. Once you save that setup, you can return to it later with one click or through the Command Center.</p>
<p>A workspace only changes the builder interface. It does not change the content, design, or settings on the page itself. Your modules, rows, sections, presets, and layout stay exactly as they are. Only the building environment changes.</p>
<p>You’ll find the <strong>Workspaces</strong> icon in the left sidebar.</p>
<p><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-316907 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/workspaces-icon.jpg" alt="Workspaces icon in the Divi 5 left sidebar" width="1800" height="933" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/workspaces-icon.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/workspaces-icon-300x156.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/workspaces-icon-768x398.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/workspaces-icon-1536x796.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/workspaces-icon-610x316.jpg 610w" sizes="(max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Creating one is simple. Arrange the builder the way you like it, open the Workspace panel, and save that setup as a new workspace.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/work1-small.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>You are not limited to one workspace. You can create multiple setups for different jobs, then move between them as you build.</p>
<p>One workspace might keep the canvas clean for writing. Another might keep Layers, Inspector, and the Settings panel available for complex layout work. Another might open directly into a responsive view so you can check tablet or phone layouts faster.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/work2-small.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>The goal is not to create a different workspace for every tiny preference. The goal is to save the builder setups you actually return to.</p>
<h2>What A Workspace Saves</h2>
<p>A workspace saves two broad categories of information: your interface layout and your builder preferences. Together, those settings define how the Visual Builder looks and feels while you work.</p>
<h3>Interface Layout</h3>
<p>The first thing a workspace saves is your panel arrangement. That includes:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Which panels are open or closed</strong></li>
<li><strong>Where panels are docked</strong></li>
<li><strong>Whether panels are floating or attached to a sidebar</strong></li>
<li><strong>Panel size and position</strong></li>
<li><strong>Sidebar width</strong></li>
<li><strong>Tabbed panel groups</strong></li>
<li><strong>Active builder view, such as Wireframe or responsive views</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><img decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-317117 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/workspace-options.jpg" alt="Workspace options and saved interface settings in Divi 5" width="1800" height="933" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/workspace-options.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/workspace-options-300x156.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/workspace-options-768x398.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/workspace-options-1536x796.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/workspace-options-610x316.jpg 610w" sizes="(max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>This is the part you notice immediately. Switch workspaces, and the builder rearranges itself around the task you saved it for.</p>
<h3>Workspace Settings</h3>
<p>A workspace also saves builder preferences from the <strong>Workspace Settings</strong> panel. These settings control how the builder behaves, how much interface chrome appears, and what kind of starting point you see when building.</p>
<p>Here are the main settings covered in the workspace panel:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Interface Mode:</strong> Switches the builder between <strong>Light</strong> and <strong>Dark</strong> mode.</li>
<li><strong>Color Scheme:</strong> Sets the builder accent color, including options such as <strong>Blue</strong>, <strong>Purple</strong>, <strong>Green</strong>, <strong>Red</strong>, and <strong>Orange</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Enable Admin Bar:</strong> Shows or hides the WordPress admin bar while you work.</li>
<li><strong>Page Bar Icons:</strong> Controls which action icons appear in the top bar, such as undo, redo, history, import/export, clear layout, and add to library.</li>
<li><strong>Builder Default View Mode:</strong> Sets the view the builder opens in, such as desktop, tablet, phone, or Wireframe View.</li>
<li><strong>History State Interval:</strong> Controls how often the builder records undo states, from <strong>After Every Action</strong> to wider intervals such as every <strong>10th</strong>, <strong>20th</strong>, <strong>30th</strong>, or <strong>40th</strong> action.</li>
<li><strong>Settings Modal Default Position:</strong> Sets where settings panels open, such as left sidebar, right sidebar, or floating over the canvas.</li>
<li><strong>Page Creation Flow:</strong> Controls what appears when creating a new page, such as <strong>Give Me A Choice</strong>, <strong>Build From Scratch</strong>, <strong>Load Premade Layout</strong>, or <strong>Build With AI</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Show Disabled Modules At 50% Opacity:</strong> Makes hidden elements easier to spot while editing.</li>
<li><strong>Group Settings Into Closed Toggles:</strong> Keeps option groups collapsed when opening module settings.</li>
<li><strong>Add Placeholder Content To New Modules:</strong> Adds sample content to new modules so you can see their structure before replacing it.</li>
<li><strong>Speed Up The Builder With Prerendering:</strong> Preloads builder pages in the background for faster navigation.</li>
<li><strong>Show Theme Builder Layouts:</strong> Controls whether headers, footers, and other Theme Builder areas appear while editing a page.</li>
</ul>
<p>That is why Workspaces are more than saved panel layouts. They can change the whole building environment in one move.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/workspace-panel.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>If a top-bar icon you expect is missing, check <strong>Workspace Settings</strong> first. It may simply be turned off in the active workspace.</p>
<h2>Why Workspaces Matter</h2>
<p>Before Workspaces, customizing the builder was still possible, but those adjustments were tied to the moment. You arranged panels, opened the tools you needed, cleared the ones you did not, and then did it again later when the task changed. Workspaces turn that setup process into something reusable.</p>
<p>You arrange the builder once, save it, and return to that arrangement whenever it fits the job. When you move from layout design to writing, or from desktop design to responsive checking, the interface can change with the task instead of staying in whatever state you last left it.</p>
<p>That matters most during long sessions. A cleaner workspace means fewer panels to look past. A power-user workspace means the tools you reach for most are already open. A responsive workspace means you start closer to the breakpoint you want to review.</p>
<p>Workspaces are also personal. Every user on the site can create their own collection, so your saved builder setup does not need to match anyone else’s. A designer, writer, developer, and client can each use a different interface without changing the page content or forcing a shared panel layout on the rest of the team.</p>
<h2>The Three Types Of Workspaces</h2>
<p>When you open the <strong>Active Workspace</strong> menu, workspaces are grouped by where they come from and who they belong to.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-316919 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/active-workspaces.jpg" alt="Active Workspace menu in Divi 5" width="1800" height="933" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/active-workspaces.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/active-workspaces-300x156.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/active-workspaces-768x398.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/active-workspaces-1536x796.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/active-workspaces-610x316.jpg 610w" sizes="(max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h3>Website Workspaces</h3>
<p>Website Workspaces belong to the site. This group includes <strong>Global</strong>, the shared workspace that acts as the baseline builder setup. It is the setup users see before they create or choose a personal workspace.</p>
<p>That makes Global useful as a common reference point. If a team needs screenshots, documentation, or a shared starting layout, the Global workspace gives everyone a familiar baseline before they branch into personal setups.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/global-workspaces.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<h3>Your Workspaces</h3>
<p>Your Workspaces are the ones you create and save for your own WordPress user account. Nobody else on the site has to use them, and your workspace choices do not change how someone else’s builder is arranged. This is where your personal default, content-editing setup, responsive setup, or focus setup will live.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/your-workspaces.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<h3>Premade Workspaces</h3>
<p>Premade Workspaces are built into Divi 5. The two premade options are <strong>Power User</strong> and <strong>Minimalist</strong>. They give you ready-made starting points when you do not want to build a workspace from scratch.</p>
<p>Premade Workspaces are best treated as foundations. Activate one, adjust the builder to match your workflow, then save the adjusted setup as a new workspace of your own.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/pre-made-workspaces.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<h2>How To Create A New Workspace</h2>
<p>Creating a workspace only takes a few minutes. The main work is deciding what kind of setup you want to save. Open your page in the <strong>Visual Builder</strong>. The builder loads your current default workspace. If you have not chosen one yet, that will usually be <strong>Global</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-316924 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/divi-5-builder.jpg" alt="Divi 5 Visual Builder opened with the default workspace" width="1800" height="933" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/divi-5-builder.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/divi-5-builder-300x156.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/divi-5-builder-768x398.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/divi-5-builder-1536x796.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/divi-5-builder-610x316.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Arrange your panels the way you want to work. Open the panels you use often, such as <strong>Layers</strong> or <strong>Inspector</strong>. Dock panels to the left or right, float them over the canvas, resize them, or combine them into tabbed groups.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/arrange-workspace.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>Next, open <strong>Workspace Settings</strong> by clicking the Workspaces icon in the left sidebar.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-316927 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/open-workspace-settings.jpg" alt="Opening Workspace Settings in Divi 5" width="1800" height="933" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/open-workspace-settings.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/open-workspace-settings-300x156.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/open-workspace-settings-768x398.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/open-workspace-settings-1536x796.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/open-workspace-settings-610x316.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Set the preferences that should belong to this workspace. Choose the interface mode, color scheme, admin bar visibility, top-bar icons, default view mode, settings modal position, and other builder preferences.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/customize-settings.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>When the builder looks and behaves the way you want, click <strong>Save as New Workspace</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-316929 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/save-as-new-workspace.jpg" alt="Save as New Workspace button in Divi 5" width="1800" height="933" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/save-as-new-workspace.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/save-as-new-workspace-300x156.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/save-as-new-workspace-768x398.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/save-as-new-workspace-1536x796.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/save-as-new-workspace-610x316.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Give the workspace a clear name in the <strong>Save Workspace</strong> modal. Use names based on the job or screen size, such as <strong>Default Build</strong>, <strong>Content Editing</strong>, <strong>Responsive Review</strong>, <strong>Widescreen</strong>, or <strong>Focus Mode</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-316930 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/content-editing.jpg" alt="Naming a new workspace in Divi 5" width="1800" height="933" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/content-editing.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/content-editing-300x156.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/content-editing-768x398.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/content-editing-1536x796.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/content-editing-610x316.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Enable <strong>Set as Default</strong> if you want this workspace to load automatically when you open the builder.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-316931 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/enable-default.jpg" alt="Set as Default option when saving a new workspace" width="1800" height="933" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/enable-default.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/enable-default-300x156.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/enable-default-768x398.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/enable-default-1536x796.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/enable-default-610x316.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Click <strong>Save</strong>. Your new workspace appears under <strong>Your Workspaces</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-316932 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/save-workspace.jpg" alt="Saved workspace listed under Your Workspaces in Divi 5" width="1800" height="933" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/save-workspace.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/save-workspace-300x156.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/save-workspace-768x398.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/save-workspace-1536x796.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/save-workspace-610x316.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>To test it, switch to another workspace and then switch back. Your panels and preferences should return to the saved arrangement.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/test-workspace-switch.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<h2>How To Set A Default Workspace</h2>
<p>Your default workspace is the setup the builder loads when you open a page. If you save a new workspace and want to use it most of the time, enable <strong>Set as Default</strong> while saving it.</p>
<p>You can also set an existing workspace as your default later. Open the <strong>Active Workspace</strong> menu, find the workspace you want, and mark it as the default using the star icon.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/default-workspace.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>Once set, your default holds across sessions. Refresh the builder or come back later, and Divi opens into that workspace with your saved panels and preferences restored.</p>
<p>Your personal default applies to your user account. The Global workspace remains the shared baseline for users who have not chosen their own default.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/refresh-and-load-default.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<h2>How To Manage Your Workspaces</h2>
<p>Everything you save lives in the workspace panel. Open it, and you can activate, update, duplicate, rename, reset, or delete workspaces from one place.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-316947 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/workspace-controls.jpg" alt="Workspace management controls in Divi 5" width="1800" height="933" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/workspace-controls.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/workspace-controls-300x156.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/workspace-controls-768x398.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/workspace-controls-1536x796.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/workspace-controls-610x316.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Here is what each action does:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Duplicate:</strong> Creates a copy of a workspace. Use this when you want a new setup that starts from an existing one.</li>
<li><strong>Delete:</strong> Removes a workspace you no longer use.</li>
<li><strong>Rename:</strong> Changes the workspace name.</li>
<li><strong>Set as Default:</strong> Makes the workspace the one the builder opens automatically.</li>
<li><strong>Reset:</strong> Restores the workspace to its saved state and discards unsaved interface changes.</li>
<li><strong>Update:</strong> Saves the current builder arrangement into that workspace.</li>
</ul>
<p>The two actions to watch closely are <strong>Update</strong> and <strong>Reset</strong>. <strong>Update</strong> writes your current builder setup into the active workspace. If you moved a panel, changed the mode, or adjusted visible icons and want to keep those changes, update the workspace. <strong>Reset</strong> does the opposite. It drops recent changes and brings the workspace back to its last saved version.</p>
<p>For example, say you move the <strong>Inspector</strong> panel to a new position and decide it works better there. Run <strong>Update</strong>, and that new position becomes part of the workspace. Switch away and come back later, and the Inspector returns to the updated position.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/update-workspace-eg.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>If you experiment with a setup and decide you do not like it, use <strong>Reset</strong> instead.</p>
<h2>Switching Workspaces With The Command Center</h2>
<p>The workspace panel is easy to use, but the <strong>Command Center</strong> is the faster option once you know the commands. Press <strong>Cmd+K</strong> on Mac or <strong>Ctrl+K</strong> on Windows to open the Command Center.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-317037 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/command-center.jpg" alt="Opening the Divi 5 Command Center" width="1800" height="933" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/command-center.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/command-center-300x156.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/command-center-768x398.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/command-center-1536x796.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/command-center-610x316.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Divi 5 adds workspace commands so you can save, switch, update, and reset workspaces without digging through panels.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-317039 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/commands.jpg" alt="Workspace commands in the Divi 5 Command Center" width="1800" height="933" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/commands.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/commands-300x156.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/commands-768x398.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/commands-1536x796.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/commands-610x316.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>The main workspace commands are:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Save as New Workspace:</strong> Captures the current builder setup and saves it as a new workspace.</li>
<li><strong>Switch Workspace:</strong> Lets you choose a saved workspace and switch to it quickly.</li>
<li><strong>Update Active Workspace:</strong> Saves the current builder setup into the active workspace.</li>
<li><strong>Reset Active Workspace:</strong> Restores the active workspace to its saved state.</li>
</ul>
<p>If you just arranged the builder and want to keep that setup, open the Command Center, run <strong>Save as New Workspace</strong>, and name it. If you want to switch setups, open the Command Center, type the workspace name or use the switch command, and press enter. The builder rearranges itself around the selected workspace.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/open-workspace.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>The upkeep commands are useful during real work. If you adjust your current setup and want to keep it, run <strong>Update Active Workspace</strong>. If you changed too much and want the saved version back, run <strong>Reset Active Workspace</strong>.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/update-workspace.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>Once those commands become familiar, switching workspaces starts to feel like part of the build flow rather than a separate setup task.</p>
<h2>Practical Workspace Setups To Try</h2>
<p>Workspaces become more useful when they are tied to real tasks. Here are a few setups worth creating.</p>
<h3>1. Default Build Workspace</h3>
<p>Start with one solid default workspace. This should match how you usually build. If you spend most of your time moving through page structure, keep <strong>Layers</strong> and <strong>Inspector</strong> available. If you rely on the Command Center, keep the interface cleaner and let keyboard commands handle more of the work.</p>
<p>Nick’s walkthrough shows this idea well. His setup keeps useful navigation panels open, keeps the builder focused, and removes top-bar icons he does not need because he handles those actions through right-click menus and keyboard shortcuts.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-317109 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/workspace-setup-example.jpg" alt="Example Divi 5 workspace setup with useful builder panels open" width="1800" height="933" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/workspace-setup-example.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/workspace-setup-example-300x156.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/workspace-setup-example-768x398.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/workspace-setup-example-1536x796.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/workspace-setup-example-610x316.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Use this as your baseline. Once your default feels right, duplicate it and create more specific variations.</p>
<h3>2. Content Editing Workspace</h3>
<p>A content-editing workspace is built for writing and text edits. Use <strong>Light</strong> mode if it feels easier for reading. Hide Theme Builder layouts if headers and footers are distracting. Turn off placeholder content if you want new modules to stay empty until real copy is added.</p>
<p>Keep only the panels a writer or editor needs, and give most of the room back to the canvas.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/content-editing-workspace-eg.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>This setup works well when you are polishing copy, replacing placeholder text, or reviewing a page with a client.</p>
<h3>3. Responsive Review Workspace</h3>
<p>A responsive-review workspace is built for checking structure and breakpoints. Set <strong>Builder Default View Mode</strong> to a responsive view if you often start reviews on tablet or phone. Or save the workspace while the builder is already sitting in the breakpoint you check most often.</p>
<p>You can also use <strong>Wireframe View</strong> when structure matters more than visual styling.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/small-screen-workspace-eg.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>This saves time when you are moving through a site and checking whether sections, rows, and modules stack correctly.</p>
<h3>4. Client Editing Workspace</h3>
<p>A client editing workspace keeps the builder approachable. Reduce visible tools, hide panels the client does not need, and keep the canvas front and center. The goal is to make light edits feel less intimidating.</p>
<p>There is one important limit: a workspace changes how the builder looks, not what someone is allowed to do. If you need to control permissions, use Divi’s role-management tools alongside the workspace. The workspace shapes the view. Permissions set the boundaries.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/client-edit-workspace-eg.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<h3>5. Focus Workspace</h3>
<p>A focus workspace is for long, uninterrupted building sessions. Start from the <strong>Minimalist</strong> premade workspace, switch to dark mode if you prefer a lower-glare canvas, and bring in only the one or two panels you need most.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/focus-worspace-eg.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>This setup is useful when you already know what you are building and want fewer interface elements competing for attention.</p>
<h2>Tips For Using Workspaces Well</h2>
<p>Once you start saving workspaces, a few habits will keep your collection useful.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Build one strong default first.</strong> Get your main setup right before creating several variations.</li>
<li><strong>Start from a premade workspace when useful.</strong> <strong>Power User</strong> and <strong>Minimalist</strong> are good foundations when you do not want to start from scratch.</li>
<li><strong>Name workspaces by task.</strong> Names like <strong>Content Editing</strong>, <strong>Responsive Review</strong>, and <strong>Focus Mode</strong> are easier to scan than vague labels.</li>
<li><strong>Design around your screen size.</strong> A setup that feels perfect on a large monitor may feel crowded on a laptop.</li>
<li><strong>Update before you refresh.</strong> If you changed a workspace and want to keep it, run <strong>Update Active Workspace</strong> before reloading the builder.</li>
<li><strong>Delete setups you no longer use.</strong> A short list of useful workspaces is better than a long list of almost-identical ones.</li>
<li><strong>Keep a shared reference for teams.</strong> Since each user can customize their own builder, a shared Global workspace can make documentation and screenshots easier to follow.</li>
</ul>
<p>Workspaces should reduce friction. If your list becomes another thing to manage, simplify it.</p>
<h2>Make The Divi 5 Builder Your Own</h2>
<p>Workspaces turn the <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/divi-5/">Divi 5</a> builder interface into something you can shape around your workflow. Instead of rebuilding your setup at the start of each session, you can save the way you like to work and return to it instantly. Create a default build workspace, add a few task-specific setups, and switch between them when the job changes.</p>
<p>The best place to start is a real project. Open a page you are already working on, arrange the panels the way you wish the builder always opened, set your preferences, and save it as your default workspace.</p>
<p>From there, the next workspace usually becomes obvious. Maybe you need a cleaner writing setup, a responsive review setup, or a focused layout setup for long sessions. Build only what you will use, keep the collection practical, and let the builder adapt to the way you work.</p>
<div class="inline-elements small-gutters two-column centered"><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/members-area/divi-5/" class="button primary-button">Download Divi 5</a><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/divi-5/" class="button primary-button accent-purple" style="margin-bottom: 16px;">Learn More About Divi 5</a></div>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/everything-you-need-to-know-about-workspaces-in-divi-5">Everything You Need To Know About Workspaces In Divi 5</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog">Elegant Themes Blog</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/everything-you-need-to-know-about-workspaces-in-divi-5/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
		<enclosure url="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/divi-5-everything-you-need-to-know-about-workspaces-ft-img-3.jpg" width="280" type="image/jpg" medium="image" />	</item>
		<item>
		<title>5 Hover Effects You Can Create With Aspect Ratio And Framing In Divi 5</title>
		<link>https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/hover-effects-you-can-create-with-aspect-ratio-and-framing-in-divi-5</link>
					<comments>https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/hover-effects-you-can-create-with-aspect-ratio-and-framing-in-divi-5#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ekta Swarnkar]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 23 Jul 2026 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Divi Resources]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[apect ratio and framing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Aspect Ratio]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[framing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[hover effects in divi 5]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/?p=315628</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Hover effects make a page feel more intentional. A card shifts, an image reveals more detail, or a button stretches slightly, and the layout starts to feel designed instead of simply assembled. In Divi 5, you can create many of these interactions with the same Aspect Ratio and Image Framing controls you already use to [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/hover-effects-you-can-create-with-aspect-ratio-and-framing-in-divi-5">5 Hover Effects You Can Create With Aspect Ratio And Framing In Divi 5</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog">Elegant Themes Blog</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Hover effects make a page feel more intentional. A card shifts, an image reveals more detail, or a button stretches slightly, and the layout starts to feel designed instead of simply assembled.</p>
<p>In <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/divi-5/">Divi 5</a>, you can create many of these interactions with the same <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/aspect-ration-image-framing-image-presets-for-divi-5">Aspect Ratio and Image Framing</a> controls you already use to crop and position images. Add hover states and transitions, and those layout controls become motion tools.</p>
<p>In this post, we’ll build five hover effects in Divi 5, from a subtle image pan to a button morph and a team-card spotlight effect. Along the way, you’ll see how Aspect Ratio, Object Fit, Object Position, Filters, Transform, and Image Presets work together.</p>
<h2>The Controls Behind These Effects</h2>
<p>Before we build the effects, it helps to understand the three main controls doing the work.</p>
<h3>1. Aspect Ratio</h3>
<p>Aspect Ratio is found in <strong>Design</strong> &gt; <strong>Sizing</strong>. It sets a proportional relationship between an element’s width and height. A <strong>1:1</strong> ratio creates a square. A <strong>16:9</strong> ratio creates a widescreen frame. A <strong>4:5</strong> ratio creates a taller portrait frame.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/update-preset.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>The important part is that the ratio stays proportional as the element scales. When the parent container gets wider or narrower, the element’s height adjusts to keep the same shape.</p>
<p>That makes Aspect Ratio useful for more than neat image crops. It can define the resting shape of an image, card, Group, or button, and that shape can also change on hover.</p>
<h3>2. Image Framing</h3>
<p>Once the frame is set, Image Framing controls how the image behaves inside it. Framing is found in the <strong>Image</strong> option group, either directly under <strong>Design</strong> &gt; <strong>Framing</strong> for the Image module or under <strong>Design</strong> &gt; <strong>Image</strong> &gt; <strong>Framing</strong> when the image is a sub-element inside modules like Person or Blurb.</p>
<p><strong>Object Fit</strong> controls how the image fills the frame. For most effects in this post, we’ll use <strong>Cover</strong>, which scales the image proportionally until it fills the frame and crops anything that does not fit. <strong>Object Position</strong> controls which part of the image stays visible inside that cropped frame.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/focal-point-adjust.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>Think of the frame as a window and the image as a poster behind it. <strong>Object Fit: Cover</strong> keeps the window full. <strong>Object Position</strong> decides which part of the poster you see through that window.</p>
<p>That is what makes hover movement possible. Change Object Position between the default and hover states, and the visible part of the image shifts.</p>
<h3>3. Hover State And Transitions</h3>
<p>Hover state lets you create a second version of a setting, the version visitors see when their cursor lands on the element.</p>
<p>Set one Object Position in the default state and another in the hover state, and Divi animates between them. The same idea applies to Aspect Ratio, Filters, Transform, and other design settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-305888 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/A-screenshot-of-where-to-select-the-hover-state-for-a-module-in-Divi-5.jpg" alt="Selecting the hover state for a module setting in Divi 5" width="1800" height="900" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/A-screenshot-of-where-to-select-the-hover-state-for-a-module-in-Divi-5.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/A-screenshot-of-where-to-select-the-hover-state-for-a-module-in-Divi-5-300x150.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/A-screenshot-of-where-to-select-the-hover-state-for-a-module-in-Divi-5-768x384.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/A-screenshot-of-where-to-select-the-hover-state-for-a-module-in-Divi-5-1536x768.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/A-screenshot-of-where-to-select-the-hover-state-for-a-module-in-Divi-5-610x305.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>The speed and feel of that animation are controlled in <strong>Advanced</strong> &gt; <strong>Transitions</strong>. Duration controls how long the transition takes. Timing Function controls how the motion accelerates and slows down.</p>
<p>A slow image drift can feel polished at 800ms. A button hover usually needs to feel faster, closer to 300ms. With those pieces in place, we can start building.</p>
<h2>Five Hover Effects To Build In Divi 5</h2>
<p>The effects below move from simple to more layered. Start with the first one if you want to understand the basics, or jump to the effect that fits your current layout.</p>
<h3>1. The Focal Glide</h3>
<p>The Focal Glide is the simplest effect in the post. On hover, the image pans across its frame and reveals detail that was just out of view.</p>
<p>Start with an <strong>Image</strong> module and choose a landscape photo with visual interest on both sides. A cityscape, workspace, interior, product scene, or wide travel photo works well.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-315696 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-img-module.jpg" alt="Adding an Image module in Divi 5" width="1800" height="920" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-img-module.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-img-module-300x153.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-img-module-768x393.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-img-module-1536x785.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-img-module-610x312.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Go to <strong>Design</strong> &gt; <strong>Sizing</strong> and set <strong>Aspect Ratio</strong> to <strong>16:9</strong>. This creates a wide frame. Then go to <strong>Design</strong> &gt; <strong>Framing</strong> and set <strong>Object Fit</strong> to <strong>Cover</strong>. The image now fills the frame without stretching.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/aspect-ratio-1.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>Still in the Framing group, set <strong>Object Position</strong> to:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>X:</strong> 0%</li>
<li><strong>Y:</strong> 50%</li>
</ul>
<p>This pins the visible crop toward the left side of the image.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-315698 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/0-50.jpg" alt="Object Position set to 0% and 50% in Divi 5" width="1800" height="920" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/0-50.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/0-50-300x153.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/0-50-768x393.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/0-50-1536x785.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/0-50-610x312.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Switch to the <strong>Hover</strong> state and change the X value to <strong>80%</strong>. Leave the Y value at <strong>50%</strong>. That one change creates the motion. On hover, the image view moves from left to right inside the same frame.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/hover-focal.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>Switch back to the default state, go to <strong>Advanced</strong> &gt; <strong>Transitions</strong>, and set:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Duration:</strong> 800ms</li>
<li><strong>Timing Function:</strong> Ease-In-Out</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-315700 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/transition-effect.jpg" alt="Transition settings for the Focal Glide hover effect" width="1800" height="920" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/transition-effect.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/transition-effect-300x153.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/transition-effect-768x393.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/transition-effect-1536x785.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/transition-effect-610x312.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>This effect works best when it feels like a slow reveal, so avoid making the transition too quick. Here is the finished effect.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/focal-glide.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>To make the pan more subtle, bring the X values closer together. To make it more dramatic, move them further apart. If the effect barely shows, choose a wider image or a photo with more contrast between the left and right sides.</p>
<h3>2. The Subject Reveal</h3>
<p>The Subject Reveal changes two things on hover: the frame shape and the image position. At rest, the card shows a wide strip of the photo. On hover, the frame becomes taller and the image shifts toward the subject.</p>
<p>Choose a photo with a clear subject and enough surrounding space to crop from. Product shots, interior details, lifestyle images, and styled scenes all work well.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-315704 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/product-image.jpg" alt="Product image used for the Subject Reveal hover effect" width="1800" height="920" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/product-image.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/product-image-300x153.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/product-image-768x393.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/product-image-1536x785.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/product-image-610x312.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>In the default state, open the Image module and go to <strong>Design</strong> &gt; <strong>Sizing</strong>. Set <strong>Aspect Ratio</strong> to <strong>4:2.2</strong>. This creates a wide frame that hides part of the subject below the visible area. Then go to <strong>Design</strong> &gt; <strong>Framing</strong> and set:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Object Fit:</strong> Cover</li>
<li><strong>Object Position X:</strong> 50%</li>
<li><strong>Object Position Y:</strong> 0%</li>
</ul>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/aspect-ratio-4-22.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>Now switch to the <strong>Hover</strong> state. Change <strong>Aspect Ratio</strong> to <strong>4:3</strong>. Then update Object Position to:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Object Position X:</strong> 50%</li>
<li><strong>Object Position Y:</strong> 85%</li>
</ul>
<p>The frame grows taller while the visible part of the image moves down toward the subject.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/hover-focal-aspect.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>Go to <strong>Advanced</strong> &gt; <strong>Transitions</strong> and set:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Duration:</strong> 800ms</li>
<li><strong>Timing Function:</strong> Ease-Out</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-315707 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/transition-ease-out.jpg" alt="Ease-Out transition settings for the Subject Reveal hover effect" width="1800" height="920" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/transition-ease-out.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/transition-ease-out-300x153.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/transition-ease-out-768x393.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/transition-ease-out-1536x785.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/transition-ease-out-610x312.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Ease-Out works well here because the card responds quickly and then slows into place. Here is the result on the front end.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/product-reveal.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>Because the frame grows taller on hover, it can push nearby content downward. Give the surrounding layout enough room, or use this effect in a section where the expanding card has space to breathe. This works especially well for product pages, portfolio cards, and feature grids where the photos have a similar composition.</p>
<h3>3. The Button Morph</h3>
<p>The first two effects moved an image inside a frame. This one changes the frame itself. Aspect Ratio can also shape a Button module. By giving the button a fixed height and then changing its ratio on hover, the button stretches sideways while keeping the same height.</p>
<p>Add a <strong>Button</strong> module and open <strong>Design</strong> &gt; <strong>Sizing</strong>. Set:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Height:</strong> 50px</li>
<li><strong>Aspect Ratio:</strong> 3:1</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-315711 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/button-aspect-ratio.jpg" alt="Setting button height and aspect ratio in Divi 5" width="1800" height="920" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/button-aspect-ratio.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/button-aspect-ratio-300x153.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/button-aspect-ratio-768x393.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/button-aspect-ratio-1536x785.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/button-aspect-ratio-610x312.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>With a 50px height and a 3:1 ratio, the button becomes 150px wide. Switch to the <strong>Hover</strong> state and change <strong>Aspect Ratio</strong> to <strong>5:1</strong>. At the same height, the button stretches to 250px wide.</p>
<p>Then go to <strong>Advanced</strong> &gt; <strong>Transitions</strong> and set:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Duration:</strong> 300ms</li>
<li><strong>Timing Function:</strong> Ease-In-Out</li>
</ul>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/hover-button-edits.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>Buttons need to feel immediate, so keep this transition faster than the image effects.</p>
<p>The button grows from its alignment point, so centering the module usually looks the most controlled. Since the button genuinely changes size on hover, leave enough clearance around it.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/button-hover.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>For a variation, create a circle-to-pill morph. Set the resting ratio to <strong>1:1</strong>, use a fully rounded border radius, and keep the resting label short or icon-only. On hover, change the ratio to <strong>3:1</strong> so the circle opens into a pill.</p>
<h3>4. The Contained Zoom</h3>
<p>The Contained Zoom is a classic image hover effect. The image scales up, but the frame stays the same size.</p>
<p>In Divi 5, the Group module makes this possible without custom CSS. The Group defines the frame and clips the overflow. The Image module inside it scales on hover. Start with a <strong>Group</strong> module. Go to <strong>Design</strong> &gt; <strong>Sizing</strong> and set <strong>Aspect Ratio</strong> to <strong>4:3</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-315716 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/aspect-ratio-group.jpg" alt="Setting an aspect ratio on a Group module in Divi 5" width="1800" height="920" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/aspect-ratio-group.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/aspect-ratio-group-300x153.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/aspect-ratio-group-768x393.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/aspect-ratio-group-1536x785.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/aspect-ratio-group-610x312.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Go to <strong>Advanced</strong> &gt; <strong>Visibility</strong> and set both overflow options to <strong>Hidden</strong>:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Horizontal Overflow:</strong> Hidden</li>
<li><strong>Vertical Overflow:</strong> Hidden</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-315717 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/hidden-overflow.jpg" alt="Setting Group module overflow to hidden in Divi 5" width="1800" height="920" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/hidden-overflow.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/hidden-overflow-300x153.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/hidden-overflow-768x393.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/hidden-overflow-1536x785.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/hidden-overflow-610x312.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Now add an <strong>Image</strong> module inside the Group and set its width to <strong>100%</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-315718 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/img-width-100.jpg" alt="Setting the Image module width to 100 percent" width="1800" height="920" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/img-width-100.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/img-width-100-300x153.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/img-width-100-768x393.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/img-width-100-1536x785.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/img-width-100-610x312.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Set <strong>Object Fit</strong> to <strong>Cover</strong> and remove any extra margin or padding on the Group and Image module. The image should sit flush inside the Group frame.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-315719 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/object-fit-cover.jpg" alt="Setting Object Fit to Cover for a contained zoom image" width="1800" height="920" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/object-fit-cover.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/object-fit-cover-300x153.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/object-fit-cover-768x393.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/object-fit-cover-1536x785.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/object-fit-cover-610x312.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>The motion comes from Transform, not Object Position. Open the Image module, switch to the <strong>Hover</strong> state, and go to <strong>Design</strong> &gt; <strong>Transform</strong>. Set <strong>Scale</strong> to <strong>110%</strong>.</p>
<p>On hover, the Image module grows. The Group module clips anything that extends past the frame. Set the Image module transition to:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Duration:</strong> 800ms</li>
<li><strong>Timing Function:</strong> Ease-In-Out</li>
</ul>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/transform-scale.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>Preview the effect on the front end. If the image escapes the frame on hover, check the overflow setting. Overflow Hidden belongs on the Group module, not only on the Image module inside it.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/contained-zoom-preview.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>You can use the same container idea for other hover interactions too. Add a caption inside the Group and move it upward on hover. Combine the zoom with a small rotation. Or pair the scale with a dark overlay. The Group keeps the motion contained.</p>
<h3>5. The Spotlight Pan</h3>
<p>The Spotlight Pan combines three changes at once:</p>
<ul>
<li>The image pans toward the subject.</li>
<li>Saturation increases from grayscale to full color.</li>
<li>Brightness lifts slightly.</li>
</ul>
<p>At rest, the portrait feels quieter and slightly off-center. On hover, the subject comes into focus visually and compositionally. We’ll build this on the <strong>Person</strong> module. Choose portraits where the subject sits a little off-center and has some environment around them. The effect needs room to pan toward the person.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-315723 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/subject-off-center.jpg" alt="Off-center portrait used for the Spotlight Pan hover effect" width="1800" height="920" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/subject-off-center.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/subject-off-center-300x153.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/subject-off-center-768x393.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/subject-off-center-1536x785.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/subject-off-center-610x312.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Open the Person module and go to <strong>Design</strong> &gt; <strong>Sizing</strong>. Set <strong>Aspect Ratio</strong> to <strong>4:5</strong>. This creates a portrait frame that works well for team grids.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-315724 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/aspect-ratio-person-module.jpg" alt="Setting a 4:5 aspect ratio on the Person module image" width="1800" height="920" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/aspect-ratio-person-module.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/aspect-ratio-person-module-300x153.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/aspect-ratio-person-module-768x393.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/aspect-ratio-person-module-1536x785.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/aspect-ratio-person-module-610x312.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Then go to <strong>Design</strong> &gt; <strong>Image</strong> &gt; <strong>Framing</strong>. Set:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Object Fit:</strong> Cover</li>
<li><strong>Object Position X:</strong> 73%</li>
<li><strong>Object Position Y:</strong> 50%</li>
</ul>
<p>This frames the image slightly away from the subject in the default state.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-315725 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/cover-person.jpg" alt="Setting Object Fit and Object Position for a Person module image" width="1800" height="920" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/cover-person.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/cover-person-300x153.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/cover-person-768x393.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/cover-person-1536x785.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/cover-person-610x312.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>In the same Image option group, open <strong>Filters</strong>. Set:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Saturation:</strong> 0%</li>
<li><strong>Brightness:</strong> 90%</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-315726 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/saturate-brightness.jpg" alt="Setting saturation and brightness filters for the Person module image" width="1800" height="920" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/saturate-brightness.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/saturate-brightness-300x153.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/saturate-brightness-768x393.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/saturate-brightness-1536x785.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/saturate-brightness-610x312.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Now switch to the <strong>Hover</strong> state. Update the values to:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Object Position X:</strong> 70%</li>
<li><strong>Object Position Y:</strong> 50%</li>
<li><strong>Saturation:</strong> 100%</li>
<li><strong>Brightness:</strong> 100%</li>
</ul>
<p>The image pans slightly, color returns, and the portrait brightens at the same time.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/saturation-brightness-focal-point.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>Go to <strong>Advanced</strong> &gt; <strong>Transitions</strong> and set:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Duration:</strong> 600ms</li>
<li><strong>Timing Function:</strong> Ease-In-Out</li>
</ul>
<p>One transition controls the pan, saturation, and brightness changes, so the effect feels unified.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-315727 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/transitions-person.jpg" alt="Transition settings for the Spotlight Pan hover effect" width="1800" height="920" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/transitions-person.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/transitions-person-300x153.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/transitions-person-768x393.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/transitions-person-1536x785.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/transitions-person-610x312.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Here is the full effect on a team grid.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/person-reveal.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>If the subject sits on the opposite side of the image, reverse the X values so the pan moves toward the person instead of away from them. When your team photos are composed consistently, the same settings can work across the whole grid.</p>
<h2>Save Your Hover Effects As Image Presets</h2>
<p>The Spotlight Pan uses several settings across default and hover states. Rebuilding that effect on every Person module would be slow. Because the effect lives inside the Image option group, you can save it as an <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/aspect-ration-image-framing-image-presets-for-divi-5">Image Option Group Preset</a> and apply it to other modules that use the same Image option group.</p>
<p>With your finished Person module open, go to <strong>Design</strong> &gt; <strong>Image</strong>. Click the preset chip at the top of the option group, save a new preset, and give it a descriptive name, such as <strong>Spotlight Pan</strong>.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/save-preset.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>Open another Person module, go to the same Image option group, and select the saved preset. The image styling, framing, filters, and hover-state values carry over.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/apply-preset.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>The one thing to watch is direction. A preset can save the pan values, but different photos may place the subject on different sides of the frame.</p>
<p>If a portrait pans away from the person, open that module’s Framing settings and swap the X values for that image. The preset can still handle the rest of the effect, while that one local adjustment keeps the crop correct.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="886" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/preset-applied.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>Want the pan slower, the grayscale softer, or the frame a little taller? Update the preset, and every module using it updates with the same change. That is the larger Divi 5 workflow: turn a design decision into a reusable preset, apply it across the site, and manage the shared style from one place.</p>
<h2>Create Unique Image Effects in Divi 5 Today!</h2>
<p>Aspect Ratio and Image Framing are usually thought of as cropping tools. But when you combine them with hover states, transitions, filters, transforms, and presets, they become a flexible way to create interactive visual effects. You can pan across an image, reveal a subject, morph a button, zoom inside a fixed frame, or bring a portrait into focus without writing custom CSS.</p>
<p>Start with one effect, save the settings that repeat, and refine the values for each image when needed. The same tools that keep your images proportional and well-framed can also make your <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/divi-5/">Divi 5</a> layouts feel more responsive and polished.</p>
<div class="inline-elements small-gutters two-column centered"><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/members-area/divi-5/" class="button primary-button">Download Divi 5</a><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/divi-5/" class="button primary-button accent-purple" style="margin-bottom: 16px;">Learn More About Divi 5</a></div>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/hover-effects-you-can-create-with-aspect-ratio-and-framing-in-divi-5">5 Hover Effects You Can Create With Aspect Ratio And Framing In Divi 5</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog">Elegant Themes Blog</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/hover-effects-you-can-create-with-aspect-ratio-and-framing-in-divi-5/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
		<enclosure url="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/divi-5-aspect-ratio-hover-effects-ft-img-3.jpg" width="280" type="image/jpg" medium="image" />	</item>
		<item>
		<title>5 Best WordPress Theme Builders in 2026 (Compared)</title>
		<link>https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wordpress/best-wordpress-theme-builders</link>
					<comments>https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wordpress/best-wordpress-theme-builders#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Christopher Morris]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2026 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Best WordPress Themes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[WordPress]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[best wordpress theme buillders]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[best WordPress themes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[page builders]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/?p=232231</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Theme builders give you visual control over the parts of your site that themes normally lock down: headers, footers, blog archives, product pages, 404s, and everything in between. Instead of editing PHP files, you control it all through drag-and-drop editing. Though I&#8217;ve never built a custom theme with PHP, I have extensively used a variety [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wordpress/best-wordpress-theme-builders">5 Best WordPress Theme Builders in 2026 (Compared)</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog">Elegant Themes Blog</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Theme builders give you visual control over the parts of your site that themes normally lock down: headers, footers, blog archives, product pages, 404s, and everything in between. Instead of editing PHP files, you control it all through drag-and-drop editing.</p>
<p>Though I&#8217;ve never built a custom theme with PHP, I have extensively used a variety of theme builders across dozens of client projects. The state of theme builders today is impressive, as I can now do with visual builders in a drag-and-drop canvas what only developers could do a decade ago.</p>
<p>Every builder here taps into the same WordPress template system developers use, just without the code. Some are standalone themes, others are packaged as plugins. The best ones integrate deeply with custom fields and custom post types, which is where theme building gets powerful.</p>
<p>Here&#8217;s what I&#8217;ve found works best after testing the major options.</p>
<h2>Best WordPress Theme Builders</h2>
<h3>1. Divi 5</h3>
<p><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/divi-5/" style="background-image: none;"><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Demo-Of-The-D5-Visual-Builder-For-A-Modern-Building-Experience-1.mp4" /></video></a></p>
<p><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/divi-5/">Divi 5</a> is a standalone theme with a fully integrated theme builder, meaning you install one product and get everything: page building, theme building, and global design controls, all without needing a plugin or add-on. If you want a single ecosystem that handles both individual page design and sitewide template control, Divi eliminates the plugin-plus-theme juggling act that other solutions force you into.</p>
<h4>Divi&#8217;s Template Assignment and Conditions</h4>
<p>Divi&#8217;s <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/the-power-of-divi-5s-loop-theme-builder-combined">theme builder</a> uses a template system in which each template can include a header, footer, and body area. Conditions are assigned at the template level, so you define which pages, posts, categories, tags, authors, or custom post types a template applies to. You can stack multiple conditions on a single template or create separate templates for granular deployment.</p>
<p>The interface shows all your templates in one view, making it easy to see what&#8217;s assigned and where.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Looking-through-Theme-Builder-templates-from-import.mp4" /></video></p>
<h4>Divi&#8217;s Visual Builder Quality</h4>
<p>Divi 5&#8217;s visual builder is a significant departure from earlier versions. The visual editor is fast, with next to no lag when adding modules or adjusting settings. You&#8217;re designing directly on the page with live content, not in a sidebar panel that updates a preview.</p>
<p>Responsive controls let you adjust layouts per breakpoint, and the styling options (typography, spacing, borders, backgrounds, filters) are comprehensive without feeling buried. It also has ultra-fast layout options for flex and grid displays.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Prebuilt-Flex-and-Grid-Structures-to-Apply-or-use-Divis-Layout-settings-to-set-specific-CSS-values.mp4" /></video></p>
<p>If you&#8217;ve used Divi&#8217;s page builder, the theme builder works identically, so there&#8217;s no separate interface to learn.</p>
<h4>Divi&#8217;s Dynamic Data Integration</h4>
<p>Dynamic content in Divi works through dynamic field toggles on most module settings. You can pull post titles, featured images, excerpts, author info, dates, custom fields, and taxonomy terms into any text or image field. ACF, Pods, and Toolset fields are supported natively. For WooCommerce, Divi includes dedicated product modules that pull price, add-to-cart buttons, product galleries, and related products dynamically. You&#8217;re not limited to predefined layouts. You can place WooCommerce data anywhere in your template design.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-296607 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/dynamic-content-options.jpg" alt="dynamic content options" width="1800" height="884" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/dynamic-content-options.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/dynamic-content-options-300x147.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/dynamic-content-options-768x377.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/dynamic-content-options-1536x754.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/dynamic-content-options-610x300.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h4>Divi&#8217;s Custom Query Loops</h4>
<p>The Blog module and post-related modules let you filter by post type, category, tag, author, and date range. You can set custom post counts, offsets, and sort orders. For more <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/all-divi-5-loop-builder-query-options-explained">advanced queries</a>, you can use Divi&#8217;s built-in <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/everything-you-need-to-know-about-divi-5s-loop-builder">Loop Builder</a>. It gives plenty of options for setting up post/product/CPT loops as needed.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/loop-product-details.mp4" /></video></p>
<h4>Who Divi Is Best For</h4>
<p>Agencies and freelancers who build multiple client sites will get the most value from Divi. The lifetime license with unlimited site usage means your per-project cost approaches zero over time. Business owners who want to manage their own site updates will appreciate that the visual builder works the same way for both pages and templates, so there&#8217;s only one interface to learn.</p>
<h4>Divi&#8217;s Pricing</h4>
<p>Divi costs <strong>$89 per year</strong> or <strong>$249 for lifetime</strong> access, both with unlimited site usage. That lifetime option is where Divi stands apart from nearly every competitor. Elementor&#8217;s comparable unlimited plan runs $399 per year with no lifetime option. Bricks offers a lifetime license at the much higher cost of $599. For anyone building more than a couple of sites, the math favors Divi quickly.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/divi-5/" class="button primary-button inline-button"> Get Divi 5</a></p>
<h3>2. Elementor</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-281947 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Hello-Elementor.jpg" alt="Hello Elementor" width="1800" height="969" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Hello-Elementor.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Hello-Elementor-300x162.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Hello-Elementor-768x413.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Hello-Elementor-1536x827.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Hello-Elementor-610x328.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/refer/elementor" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">Elementor</a> is a page builder plugin that requires a separate theme to function, which adds a layer of setup compared to all-in-one solutions. Most users pair it with the Hello theme (Elementor&#8217;s minimal theme) or a third-party theme designed for Elementor compatibility (such as Astra Pro). The theme builder is included only with Elementor Pro, so you&#8217;ll need the paid version to access template creation.</p>
<h4>Elementor&#8217;s Template Assignment and Conditions</h4>
<p>Elementor&#8217;s display conditions are set per template and offer solid granularity. You can target all posts, specific post types, specific categories, individual posts, author archives, search results, 404 pages, and WooCommerce templates. Conditions can be combined with AND/OR logic and include/exclude rules.</p>
<p>The condition interface is straightforward, though managing conditions across many templates can get cluttered since there&#8217;s no unified view of all assignments. You have to check each template individually.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Elementor-Theme-Builder-Template-Assignment-via-Conditions-many-clicks.mp4" /></video></p>
<h4>Elementor&#8217;s Visual Builder Quality</h4>
<p>Elementor&#8217;s builder is panel-based: you select an element, and settings appear in a left sidebar while the canvas updates in real time. The widget library is extensive, styling controls are deep, and responsive editing is well-implemented. The builder can feel heavy on complex pages, and some users notice slowdown when templates have many widgets.</p>
<p>Its main weakness is its global typography and colors, which I think are behind the times. Its v4 update will dramatically change this, but it comes at a steep learning curve.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-306500 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Elementor-Global-Typography-Site-Settings.jpg" alt="Elementor Global Typography Site Settings" width="2248" height="1215" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Elementor-Global-Typography-Site-Settings.jpg 2248w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Elementor-Global-Typography-Site-Settings-300x162.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Elementor-Global-Typography-Site-Settings-1946x1052.jpg 1946w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Elementor-Global-Typography-Site-Settings-768x415.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Elementor-Global-Typography-Site-Settings-1536x830.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Elementor-Global-Typography-Site-Settings-2048x1107.jpg 2048w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Elementor-Global-Typography-Site-Settings-610x330.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2248px) 100vw, 2248px" /></p>
<h4>Elementor&#8217;s Dynamic Data Integration</h4>
<p>Dynamic tags in Elementor enable you to insert post data, site information, author data, ACF fields, and WooCommerce product data into most widget settings. The implementation is mature, supporting before/after text and fallback values. WooCommerce support is strong, with dedicated product widgets and template types for shop, single product, cart, checkout, and account pages.</p>
<p>Many Custom Post Type and Custom Field plugins work with Elementor, making it easy to use your preferred tools.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Elementor-Dynamic-Data-Insertion-Multiple-Nested-Clicks.mp4" /></video></p>
<h4>Elementor&#8217;s Custom Query Loops</h4>
<p>Elementor Pro&#8217;s Loop Builder lets you create custom query loops with filtering by post type, taxonomy, date, author, and custom fields. You design a loop item as a template (separate from your page). Then you add it to your page and set up the query to populate the loop. This means extra page loads and working in the template library, as well as the page where the loop goes. Pagination, load more, and infinite scroll are also available.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-306499 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Elementor-Loop-Grid-Query-Panel.jpg" alt="Elementor Loop Grid Query Panel" width="1600" height="805" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Elementor-Loop-Grid-Query-Panel.jpg 1600w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Elementor-Loop-Grid-Query-Panel-300x151.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Elementor-Loop-Grid-Query-Panel-768x386.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Elementor-Loop-Grid-Query-Panel-1536x773.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Elementor-Loop-Grid-Query-Panel-610x307.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1600px) 100vw, 1600px" /></p>
<h4>Who Elementor Is Best For</h4>
<p>Designers who want maximum third-party integration options will find Elementor&#8217;s ecosystem unmatched. However, a few quality tools go a long way further than haplessly installing add-ons. Also worth considering is that Elementor v4 is on the horizon, meaning significant changes are underway. This could involve needing to relearn its visual builder when the update lands.</p>
<h4>Elementor&#8217;s Pricing</h4>
<p>Elementor Pro starts at <strong>$59 per year</strong> for one site (Essential plan), but that tier lacks the full theme builder and WooCommerce features. The Advanced plan<span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">, at <strong>$99 per year</strong> for three sites, includes the complete theme builder (which we are focusing on in this </span>article). For agencies, the Expert plan costs <strong>$199 per year</strong> for 25 sites, and the Agency plan costs $399 per year for up to 1,000 sites. All plans are annual with <em>no lifetime option</em>.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/refer/elementor" class="button primary-button inline-button" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">Get Elementor</a></p>
<h3>3. SeedProd</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-306506 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/SeedProd-Editor-Demo-Example-Simple-Visual-Builder.jpg" alt="SeedProd Editor Demo Example Simple Visual Builder" width="2248" height="1093" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/SeedProd-Editor-Demo-Example-Simple-Visual-Builder.jpg 2248w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/SeedProd-Editor-Demo-Example-Simple-Visual-Builder-300x146.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/SeedProd-Editor-Demo-Example-Simple-Visual-Builder-1946x946.jpg 1946w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/SeedProd-Editor-Demo-Example-Simple-Visual-Builder-768x373.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/SeedProd-Editor-Demo-Example-Simple-Visual-Builder-1536x747.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/SeedProd-Editor-Demo-Example-Simple-Visual-Builder-2048x996.jpg 2048w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/SeedProd-Editor-Demo-Example-Simple-Visual-Builder-610x297.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2248px) 100vw, 2248px" /></p>
<p><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/refer/seedprod" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">SeedProd</a> started as a landing page and &#8220;coming soon&#8221; plugin, but has since expanded into a full theme builder. It&#8217;s a plugin that requires a theme, though SeedProd can effectively replace your theme&#8217;s templates.</p>
<p>SeedProd positions itself as beginner-friendly, with a lighter interface than Elementor or Divi. However, Theme Building is only available with the Pro version. It is also packed with cross-promotional upsells for their other products, such as WPForms, OptinMonster, and more.</p>
<h4>SeedProd&#8217;s Template Assignment and Conditions</h4>
<p>SeedProd&#8217;s theme builder includes templates for headers, footers, single posts, single pages, archives, search, 404, and WooCommerce pages. It&#8217;s styled like the WordPress post view, which is not intuitive. Condition assignment lets you choose a template type and applies globally to that type (with more granular controls available). All in all, it works, but if you have to pay for SeedProd&#8217;s theme builder, you may want to consider other options.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-306509 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/SeedProd-Theme-Builder-Template-Assignment.jpg" alt="SeedProd Theme Builder Template Assignment" width="1370" height="685" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/SeedProd-Theme-Builder-Template-Assignment.jpg 1370w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/SeedProd-Theme-Builder-Template-Assignment-300x150.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/SeedProd-Theme-Builder-Template-Assignment-768x384.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/SeedProd-Theme-Builder-Template-Assignment-610x305.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1370px) 100vw, 1370px" /></p>
<h4>SeedProd&#8217;s Visual Builder Quality</h4>
<p>SeedProd&#8217;s builder is lightweight and fast. This can be attributed to having stripped-down styling options. The drag-and-drop canvas is responsive, and the block library covers the essentials without overwhelming new users. If you need pixel-perfect control over every spacing value and box shadow, you may find SeedProd limiting.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/SeedProd-Stripped-Down-Visual-Editor-with-few-settings.mp4" /></video></p>
<h4>SeedProd&#8217;s Dynamic Data Integration</h4>
<p>SeedProd supports dynamic content through template tags that pull post titles, content, featured images, author info, and dates. Custom field support is available but less developed than in other theme builders. WooCommerce integration is available, but again, only with the Pro versions. The dynamic data system is functional but not as flexible for advanced use cases involving ACF repeaters or complex field relationships.</p>
<div id="attachment_306510" style="width: 1306px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-306510" class="with-border wp-image-306510 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/SeedProd-Dynamic-Data-Options.jpg" alt="SeedProd Dynamic Data Options" width="1296" height="434" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/SeedProd-Dynamic-Data-Options.jpg 1296w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/SeedProd-Dynamic-Data-Options-300x100.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/SeedProd-Dynamic-Data-Options-768x257.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/SeedProd-Dynamic-Data-Options-610x204.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1296px) 100vw, 1296px" /><p id="caption-attachment-306510" class="wp-caption-text">Only Available in Pro</p></div>
<h4>SeedProd&#8217;s Custom Query Loops</h4>
<p>SeedProd&#8217;s post grid blocks let you display by post type, category, and tag, but only for template pages. Advanced query options (meta queries, complex taxonomy filtering, and date ranges) are nonexistent. Again, this is more of a compromise choice for reduced complexity.</p>
<h4>Who SeedProd Is Best For</h4>
<p>SeedProd is for beginners who want a straightforward path to a custom theme without the complexity of full-featured builders. It also places a heavy emphasis on sales-oriented landing pages, making it best suited for marketers who primarily need to capture leads. However, in my testing, it takes all of 1 minute in SeedProd to see that nearly every advanced feature they have is in their Pro versions.</p>
<h4>SeedProd&#8217;s Pricing</h4>
<p>SeedProd&#8217;s Basic plan starts at <strong>$79 per year</strong> for one site, but theme builder functionality requires the Plus plan at <strong>$199 per year</strong> (3 sites). All plans are annual. They may offer a discount in the first year, but full price in subsequent renewals. For theme building specifically, you&#8217;re looking at a minimum of $199/year, which is higher than Divi&#8217;s $89 annual plan and nearly the same price as Divi&#8217;s lifetime (unlimited sites) plan.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/refer/seedprod" class="button primary-button inline-button" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">Get SeedProd</a></p>
<h3>4. Full Site Editor</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-306514 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Full-Site-Editor-Default-WordPress-Example-Demo.jpg" alt="Full Site Editor Default WordPress Example Demo" width="2248" height="1085" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Full-Site-Editor-Default-WordPress-Example-Demo.jpg 2248w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Full-Site-Editor-Default-WordPress-Example-Demo-300x145.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Full-Site-Editor-Default-WordPress-Example-Demo-1946x939.jpg 1946w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Full-Site-Editor-Default-WordPress-Example-Demo-768x371.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Full-Site-Editor-Default-WordPress-Example-Demo-1536x741.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Full-Site-Editor-Default-WordPress-Example-Demo-2048x988.jpg 2048w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Full-Site-Editor-Default-WordPress-Example-Demo-610x294.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2248px) 100vw, 2248px" /></p>
<p>The Full Site Editor (FSE) is WordPress&#8217;s native block-based theme builder, available with any block theme. Although it is built in, you will need to use it with a theme like Twenty Twenty-Five or a premium theme. <a href="https://wordpress.org/themes/ollie/" rel="noopener" target="_blank">Ollie</a> is a well-designed starter block theme that makes FSE approachable, with pre-built patterns and a nice design system. FSE is still maturing, and the editing experience has a higher learning curve than traditional page builders.</p>
<h4>FSE&#8217;s Template Assignment and Conditions</h4>
<p>FSE uses the WordPress template hierarchy natively. You create templates for single posts, pages, archives, categories, authors, 404, search, and more. Custom templates can be assigned to individual posts or pages through the post editor. The system is logical if you understand WordPress template hierarchy.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Full-Site-Editor-Theme-Building-with-Templates-and-Template-Parts.mp4" /></video></p>
<h4>FSE&#8217;s Visual Builder Quality</h4>
<p>FSE utilizes the block editor, so if you&#8217;ve created posts in WordPress, the interface will be familiar. Templates are built with blocks: header, navigation, query loop, post content, and footer. The experience is improving with each WordPress release, but it still lacks the polish of mature third-party builders.</p>
<p>Global styles let you set sitewide typography and colors that cascade to individual blocks. Some users find FSE intuitive (mostly WP purists and developers), while others find it disjointed compared to purpose-built theme builders.</p>
<div id="attachment_306517" style="width: 2258px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-306517" class="with-border wp-image-306517 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/FSE-Theme-Blocks-and-Block-Style-Options.jpg" alt="FSE Theme Blocks and Block Style Options" width="2248" height="1165" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/FSE-Theme-Blocks-and-Block-Style-Options.jpg 2248w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/FSE-Theme-Blocks-and-Block-Style-Options-300x155.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/FSE-Theme-Blocks-and-Block-Style-Options-1946x1008.jpg 1946w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/FSE-Theme-Blocks-and-Block-Style-Options-768x398.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/FSE-Theme-Blocks-and-Block-Style-Options-1536x796.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/FSE-Theme-Blocks-and-Block-Style-Options-2048x1061.jpg 2048w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/FSE-Theme-Blocks-and-Block-Style-Options-610x316.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2248px) 100vw, 2248px" /><p id="caption-attachment-306517" class="wp-caption-text">Interestingly, there are no native responsive options</p></div>
<h4>FSE&#8217;s Dynamic Data Integration</h4>
<p>Dynamic content in FSE works through core blocks like Post Title, Post Content, Post Featured Image, Post Excerpt, Post Author, and Post Date. For custom fields, you&#8217;ll need plugins like ACF that add their own blocks for field display. This means that if you have dynamic data, there must be a block for you to insert it, unlike more mature theme and page builders that allow you to insert dynamic data in nearly any text, link, or image input area.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Dynamic-Content-Through-Theme-Blocks.mp4" /></video></p>
<h4>FSE&#8217;s Custom Query Loops</h4>
<p>The Query Loop block is FSE&#8217;s answer to custom post displays. You can filter by the current template, post type, category, tag, author, and keyword. However, there are specific blocks that can be used within a Query Loop block. This is different compared to Divi or Bricks, where any element can be turned into and used as a Loop.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-306518 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/WordPress-Block-Editor-Query-Loop-with-Query-Loop-Sub-Blocks.jpg" alt="WordPress Block Editor Query Loop with Query Loop Sub-Blocks" width="2248" height="1146" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/WordPress-Block-Editor-Query-Loop-with-Query-Loop-Sub-Blocks.jpg 2248w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/WordPress-Block-Editor-Query-Loop-with-Query-Loop-Sub-Blocks-300x153.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/WordPress-Block-Editor-Query-Loop-with-Query-Loop-Sub-Blocks-1946x992.jpg 1946w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/WordPress-Block-Editor-Query-Loop-with-Query-Loop-Sub-Blocks-768x392.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/WordPress-Block-Editor-Query-Loop-with-Query-Loop-Sub-Blocks-1536x783.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/WordPress-Block-Editor-Query-Loop-with-Query-Loop-Sub-Blocks-2048x1044.jpg 2048w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/WordPress-Block-Editor-Query-Loop-with-Query-Loop-Sub-Blocks-610x311.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2248px) 100vw, 2248px" /></p>
<p>For advanced queries, you&#8217;re limited without custom code or plugins that extend Query Loop functionality (many people use the <a href="https://wordpress.org/plugins/advanced-query-loop/" rel="noopener" target="_blank">Advanced Query Loop</a> plugin).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-306520 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Advanced-Query-Loop-Plugin-for-Block-Editor.jpg" alt="Advanced Query Loop Plugin for Block Editor" width="1642" height="891" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Advanced-Query-Loop-Plugin-for-Block-Editor.jpg 1642w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Advanced-Query-Loop-Plugin-for-Block-Editor-300x163.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Advanced-Query-Loop-Plugin-for-Block-Editor-768x417.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Advanced-Query-Loop-Plugin-for-Block-Editor-1536x833.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Advanced-Query-Loop-Plugin-for-Block-Editor-610x331.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1642px) 100vw, 1642px" /></p>
<h4>Who the Full Site Editor Is Best For</h4>
<p>Developers and technically comfortable users who want to stay within core WordPress without third-party dependencies. Sites that prioritize long-term maintainability and minimal plugin counts will benefit from FSE&#8217;s native approach. However, for the average user, you will likely end up wanting a premium Block Theme, which kind of puts you in a position to consider a non-Block theme like Divi.</p>
<h4>FSE&#8217;s Pricing</h4>
<p>The Blocked Editor and Full Site Editing are free if using a free block theme. However, you may end up spending on plugins to fill functionality gaps (such as custom fields display, advanced queries, and WooCommerce templates), which can erode the cost advantage. The FSE also requires a compatible Block Theme, with numerous premium options that improve upon it (like Ollie Pro). For simple sites, FSE is genuinely free. For complex builds, factor in the add-ons you&#8217;ll need.</p>
<p><a href="https://wordpress.org/themes/ollie/" class="button primary-button inline-button" rel="noopener" target="_blank">Learn About Full Site Editing</a></p>
<h3>5. Bricks</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-304928 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Bricks-Builder-in-the-building-environment.jpg" alt="Bricks Builder in the building environment" width="1920" height="864" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Bricks-Builder-in-the-building-environment.jpg 1920w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Bricks-Builder-in-the-building-environment-300x135.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Bricks-Builder-in-the-building-environment-768x346.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Bricks-Builder-in-the-building-environment-1536x691.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Bricks-Builder-in-the-building-environment-610x275.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1920px) 100vw, 1920px" /></p>
<p><a href="https://bricksbuilder.io/" rel="noopener" target="_blank">Bricks</a> is a visual site builder that functions as a theme, similar to Divi. You install Bricks, and it becomes your theme, with full theme-building capabilities. Bricks has gained traction among developers and advanced users for its clean code output, performance focus, and deep customization options.</p>
<p>It has a smaller user base than many other theme builders, but it is worth consideration. If you&#8217;re comfortable with a steeper learning curve and want more control over markup and queries, Bricks is worth evaluating.</p>
<h4>Bricks&#8217; Template Assignment and Conditions</h4>
<p>Bricks uses a template system with conditions that rival Divi&#8217;s flexibility. You can target post types, taxonomies, specific posts, archives, author pages, search results, error pages, and WooCommerce templates. Conditions support AND/OR logic, includes, and excludes.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-306522 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Bricks-Set-Template-Assignmnet-with-Conditions-in-the-Visual-Builder.jpg" alt="Bricks Set Template Assignments with Conditions in the Visual Builder" width="2560" height="898" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Bricks-Set-Template-Assignmnet-with-Conditions-in-the-Visual-Builder.jpg 2560w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Bricks-Set-Template-Assignmnet-with-Conditions-in-the-Visual-Builder-300x105.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Bricks-Set-Template-Assignmnet-with-Conditions-in-the-Visual-Builder-1946x683.jpg 1946w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Bricks-Set-Template-Assignmnet-with-Conditions-in-the-Visual-Builder-768x269.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Bricks-Set-Template-Assignmnet-with-Conditions-in-the-Visual-Builder-1536x539.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Bricks-Set-Template-Assignmnet-with-Conditions-in-the-Visual-Builder-2048x718.jpg 2048w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Bricks-Set-Template-Assignmnet-with-Conditions-in-the-Visual-Builder-610x214.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2560px) 100vw, 2560px" /></p>
<h4>Bricks&#8217; Visual Builder Quality</h4>
<p>Bricks&#8217; is fast, even on complex pages. The styling controls are extensive, including custom CSS at the element level, state styling (hover, focus), and detailed responsive breakpoint control. The interface assumes some familiarity with web development concepts, so it offers less hand-holding than SeedProd but more control than most others.</p>
<p>Output markup is much cleaner than Elementor, which matters for performance and custom styling. It also relies on an integrated variable system.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Bricks-Theme-Styles-for-Colors-Typography-and-Sizes-Nested-Multiple-Menus-down.mp4" /></video></p>
<h4>Bricks&#8217; Dynamic Data Integration</h4>
<p>Bricks treats dynamic data as a core feature. Dynamic tags are available in most settings and pull post data, custom fields (ACF, Meta Box, Pods, Toolset, JetEngine), WooCommerce data, and user data. The implementation is flexible, with options for before/after text, fallbacks, and formatting. WooCommerce templates are fully supported with dedicated elements. If you&#8217;re building data-driven sites with CPTs and custom fields, Bricks handles it as well as any on this list.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter wp-image-306521 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Bricks-Builder-Dynamic-Data-ACF-Gallery-Example.jpg" alt="Bricks Builder Dynamic Data ACF Gallery Example" width="1536" height="848" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Bricks-Builder-Dynamic-Data-ACF-Gallery-Example.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Bricks-Builder-Dynamic-Data-ACF-Gallery-Example-300x166.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Bricks-Builder-Dynamic-Data-ACF-Gallery-Example-768x424.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Bricks-Builder-Dynamic-Data-ACF-Gallery-Example-610x337.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1536px) 100vw, 1536px" /></p>
<h4>Bricks&#8217; Custom Query Loops</h4>
<p>Bricks&#8217; query builder is powerful. You can filter by post type, taxonomy, meta fields (including comparison operators), date, author, and relationship fields from ACF and JetEngine. The query loop element lets you design the item template inline. Pagination, infinite scroll, and AJAX filtering are available. For complex CPT archives or filtered directories, Bricks&#8217; query capabilities are near the top of the market.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="1800" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Bricks-Query-Loop-Settings.mp4" /></video></p>
<h4>Who Bricks Is Best For</h4>
<p>Developers and performance-focused agencies who care about code output quality. Bricks generates cleaner markup than most visual builders, which translates to faster page loads and easier custom CSS. Users coming from Oxygen Builder will find Bricks familiar. However, Bricks is the most complicated of the theme builders on this list, and if you value access to a site&#8217;s codebase, there are better-suited solutions such as Etch and Builderius.</p>
<h4>Bricks&#8217; Pricing</h4>
<p>Bricks offers annual plans starting at <strong>$79 per year</strong> for one site, $149 per year for three sites, and $249 per year for unlimited sites. The <strong>lifetime option costs $599</strong> for unlimited sites. Compared to Divi&#8217;s $249 lifetime for unlimited sites, Bricks&#8217; lifetime is more than double the cost. However, Bricks&#8217; annual unlimited plan ($249) matches Divi&#8217;s lifetime price, so the value comparison depends on how long you plan to use the builder.</p>
<p><a href="https://bricksbuilder.io/pricing/" class="button primary-button inline-button" rel="noopener" target="_blank">Get Bricks</a></p>
<h2>Quick Pricing Comparison</h2>
<p>Pricing structures vary widely across theme builders, especially when comparing annual subscriptions to lifetime options. Here&#8217;s how each builder stacks up for different use cases.</p>

<table id="tablepress-1450" class="tablepress tablepress-id-1450 listicle-plugins">
<thead>
<tr class="row-1">
	<th class="column-1">Theme Builder</th><th class="column-2">Starting Price</th><th class="column-3">Unlimited Sites</th><th class="column-4">Best Value Scenario</th><td class="column-5"></td>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody class="row-striping">
<tr class="row-2">
	<td class="column-1">Divi 5</td><td class="column-2">$89/year</td><td class="column-3">$249 lifetime</td><td class="column-4">Agencies and freelancers building 3+ sites</td><td class="column-5"><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/divi-5/" class="button">Visit</a></td>
</tr>
<tr class="row-3">
	<td class="column-1">Elementor</td><td class="column-2">$59/year</td><td class="column-3">$399/year</td><td class="column-4">Designers needing extensive third-party integrations</td><td class="column-5"><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/refer/elementor" class="button" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">Visit</a></td>
</tr>
<tr class="row-4">
	<td class="column-1">SeedProd</td><td class="column-2">$79/year</td><td class="column-3">$239/year</td><td class="column-4">Marketers focused on landing pages and lead capture</td><td class="column-5"><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/refer/seedprod" class="button" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">Visit</a></td>
</tr>
<tr class="row-5">
	<td class="column-1">Full Site Editor</td><td class="column-2">Free</td><td class="column-3">Free</td><td class="column-4">Budget-conscious builds with minimal plugin needs</td><td class="column-5"><a href="https://wordpress.org/themes/ollie/" class="button" rel="noopener" target="_blank">Visit</a></td>
</tr>
<tr class="row-6">
	<td class="column-1">Bricks</td><td class="column-2">$79/year</td><td class="column-3">$599 lifetime</td><td class="column-4">Performance-focused developers and agencies</td><td class="column-5"><a href="https://bricksbuilder.io/pricing/" class="button" rel="noopener" target="_blank">Visit</a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<!-- #tablepress-1450 from cache -->
<h2>Making The Right Choice Of Theme Builder</h2>
<p>Every theme builder on this list can produce a functional, custom WordPress site, from header to footer. The differences come down to how you prefer to work, what you&#8217;re willing to spend, and how much control you need.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/divi-5/">Divi</a> remains my go-to recommendation for most users. The lifetime license eliminates recurring costs, the visual builder is genuinely enjoyable to use, and the learning curve is manageable for non-developers. It is also the best option for designers or those working with professional designers. If you&#8217;re building client sites or managing multiple projects, the unlimited usage makes it the most cost-effective option over time.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/refer/elementor" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">Elementor</a> makes sense if you&#8217;re already invested in its ecosystem or need specific third-party integrations that only work with Elementor. The annual costs add up, but the plugin library is unmatched. Its loop builder is awkward, and its templating is a little bit harder to grasp than Divi&#8217;s, but it is a popular choice nonetheless.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/refer/seedprod" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">SeedProd</a> fits a narrower use case: simple sites where the builder&#8217;s limitations won&#8217;t matter. If you&#8217;re building landing pages and basic business sites without complex dynamic content needs, it gets the job done without overwhelming you. In my experience, it is great at first, but website envy will lead you to wanting more over time.</p>
<p>The Full Site Editor is ideal for staying within core WordPress and avoiding plugin dependencies. It&#8217;s free, evolving, and future-focused, but requires more learning. Bricks targets developers and agencies valuing clean code and performance, where higher costs may be justified.</p>
<p>For everyone else, start with Divi. The lifetime license means you can learn it once, use it everywhere, and never worry about renewal fees eating into your project budgets.</p>
<h2>Theme Builder FAQs</h2>
<style>
		#faqsu-faq-list {
			background: #F0F4F8;
			border-radius: 5px;
			padding: 15px;
		}
		#faqsu-faq-list .faqsu-faq-single {
			background: #fff;
			padding: 15px 15px 20px;
			box-shadow: 0px 0px 10px #d1d8dd, 0px 0px 40px #ffffff;
			border-radius: 5px;
			margin-bottom: 1rem;
		}
		#faqsu-faq-list .faqsu-faq-single:last-child {
			margin-bottom: 0;
		}
		#faqsu-faq-list .faqsu-faq-question {
			border-bottom: 1px solid #F0F4F8;
			padding-bottom: 0.825rem;
			margin-bottom: 0.825rem;
			position: relative;
			padding-right: 40px;
		}
		#faqsu-faq-list .faqsu-faq-question:after {
			content: "?";
			position: absolute;
			right: 0;
			top: 0;
			width: 30px;
			line-height: 30px;
			text-align: center;
			color: #c6d0db;
			background: #F0F4F8;
			border-radius: 40px;
			font-size: 20px;
		}
		</style>
		
		<section id="faqsu-faq-list" itemscope itemtype="http://schema.org/FAQPage"><div class="faqsu-faq-single" itemscope itemprop="mainEntity" itemtype="https://schema.org/Question">
					<h3 class="faqsu-faq-question" itemprop="name">What is a WordPress theme builder?</h3>
					<div itemscope itemprop="acceptedAnswer" itemtype="https://schema.org/Answer">
						<div class="faqsu-faq-answare" itemprop="text">A theme builder is a tool that lets you visually design the templates WordPress uses to display content. Instead of editing PHP files, you drag and drop modules to create headers, footers, blog archives, single post layouts, and other site-wide templates. Theme builders like &lt;a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/join/"&gt;Divi&lt;/a&gt; give you developer-level control over your site's structure without writing code.</div>
					</div>
				</div><div class="faqsu-faq-single" itemscope itemprop="mainEntity" itemtype="https://schema.org/Question">
					<h3 class="faqsu-faq-question" itemprop="name">Do I need a separate theme if I use a theme builder?</h3>
					<div itemscope itemprop="acceptedAnswer" itemtype="https://schema.org/Answer">
						<div class="faqsu-faq-answare" itemprop="text">It depends on the builder. <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/join/">Divi</a> and Bricks function as standalone themes, so you install them, and that's that. <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/refer/elementor" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">Elementor</a> and <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/refer/seedprod" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">SeedProd</a> are plugins that require a separate theme to be installed, though their theme builders can override most of that theme's templates. The Full Site Editor works with any block theme, but it must have a block theme.</div>
					</div>
				</div><div class="faqsu-faq-single" itemscope itemprop="mainEntity" itemtype="https://schema.org/Question">
					<h3 class="faqsu-faq-question" itemprop="name">Can theme builders work with custom post types and custom fields?</h3>
					<div itemscope itemprop="acceptedAnswer" itemtype="https://schema.org/Answer">
						<div class="faqsu-faq-answare" itemprop="text">Yes. Most theme builders integrate with popular custom field plugins like ACF, Meta Box, Pods, and ACPT. This allows you to pull custom field data into your templates. You can build archive pages for custom post types, display field values in single post templates, and create filtered query loops based on custom field values.</div>
					</div>
				</div><div class="faqsu-faq-single" itemscope itemprop="mainEntity" itemtype="https://schema.org/Question">
					<h3 class="faqsu-faq-question" itemprop="name">Is the Full Site Editor a replacement for theme builders like Divi or Elementor?</h3>
					<div itemscope itemprop="acceptedAnswer" itemtype="https://schema.org/Answer">
						<div class="faqsu-faq-answare" itemprop="text">Not yet. The Full Site Editor is WordPress's native approach to theme building, and it continues to improve with each release. However, it currently lacks the design polish, conditional logic options, and dynamic data flexibility that mature third-party builders offer. FSE works well for developers comfortable with block-based editing and simpler sites. For complex projects or users who want a more intuitive visual editing experience, dedicated theme builders still have the edge.</div>
					</div>
				</div><div class="faqsu-faq-single" itemscope itemprop="mainEntity" itemtype="https://schema.org/Question">
					<h3 class="faqsu-faq-question" itemprop="name">Which theme builder is best for WooCommerce stores?</h3>
					<div itemscope itemprop="acceptedAnswer" itemtype="https://schema.org/Answer">
						<div class="faqsu-faq-answare" itemprop="text"><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/divi-5/">Divi</a>, Elementor, and Bricks all offer strong WooCommerce support with dedicated modules for product pages, shop archives, cart, checkout, and account templates. Divi includes WooCommerce features in all plans with no additional cost. Elementor requires the Pro version (starting at $99/year for full theme builder access) for WooCommerce template building. SeedProd's WooCommerce support is limited to its Elite plan. The Full Site Editor's WooCommerce integration is still maturing and may require additional plugins for full template control.</div>
					</div>
				</div></section>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wordpress/best-wordpress-theme-builders">5 Best WordPress Theme Builders in 2026 (Compared)</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog">Elegant Themes Blog</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wordpress/best-wordpress-theme-builders/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
		<enclosure url="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/best-wordpress-theme-builders-2026-ft-img-3.jpg" width="280" type="image/jpg" medium="image" />	</item>
		<item>
		<title>7 Text Overlapping Image Designs For Divi 5 (Free Download!)</title>
		<link>https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/text-overlapping-image-designs-for-divi-5</link>
					<comments>https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/text-overlapping-image-designs-for-divi-5#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Donjete Vuniqi]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2026 16:00:03 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Divi Resources]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[divi 5]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Divi 5 Freebie]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Divi 5 Tutorial]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/?p=316992</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Divi 5 makes it easy to create bold visual sections where typography and imagery work together. In this free pack, you’ll get 7 Text Overlapping Image Designs that are perfect for hero sections, portfolio intros, photography websites, creative agencies, service pages, editorial layouts, event pages, product showcases, and more. Each design uses layered text, overlapping [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/text-overlapping-image-designs-for-divi-5">7 Text Overlapping Image Designs For Divi 5 (Free Download!)</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog">Elegant Themes Blog</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/divi-5/">Divi 5</a> makes it easy to create bold visual sections where typography and imagery work together. In this free pack, you’ll get 7 Text Overlapping Image Designs that are perfect for hero sections, portfolio intros, photography websites, creative agencies, service pages, editorial layouts, event pages, product showcases, and more.</p>
<p>Each design uses layered text, overlapping image placement, strong contrast, typography, spacing, and structured visual hierarchy to create polished sections with a dynamic editorial feel. Import a section, replace the content, update the images, and you’re ready to go.</p>
<h2>Preview</h2>
<p>Here’s a quick look at the 7 Text Overlapping Image Designs included in the pack. The download is further down the post.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-317031" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Text-Overlapping-Image-Designs-For-Divi-5-scaled.jpeg" alt="Text Overlapping Image Designs For Divi 5" width="1800" height="2915" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Text-Overlapping-Image-Designs-For-Divi-5-scaled.jpeg 1581w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Text-Overlapping-Image-Designs-For-Divi-5-185x300.jpeg 185w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Text-Overlapping-Image-Designs-For-Divi-5-768x1244.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Text-Overlapping-Image-Designs-For-Divi-5-948x1536.jpeg 948w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Text-Overlapping-Image-Designs-For-Divi-5-1265x2048.jpeg 1265w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Text-Overlapping-Image-Designs-For-Divi-5-610x988.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h2>Download 7 Text Overlapping Image Designs For Divi 5</h2>
<p>Get all 7 designs for free. Import them into your Divi Library and add them to any page in the Visual Builder.</p>
<div class="et_bloom_locked_container et_bloom_optin_1" data-page_id="316992" data-optin_id="optin_1" data-list_id="mailchimp_c886a2fc0a" data-current_optin_id="optin_1">
					<div class="et_bloom_locked_content" style="display: none;">
						<a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/divi-5-text-overlapping-image-designs.zip" class="button inline-button primary-button" rel=" ">Download the Files</a>
					</div>
					<div class="et_bloom_locked_form">
						<div class="et_bloom_inline_form et_bloom_optin et_bloom_make_form_visible et_bloom_optin_1" style="display: none;">
				<style type="text/css">.et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_content { background-color: #4843d2 !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container .et_bloom_form_header { background-color: #ffffff !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .carrot_edge .et_bloom_form_content:before { border-top-color: #ffffff !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .carrot_edge.et_bloom_form_right .et_bloom_form_content:before, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .carrot_edge.et_bloom_form_left .et_bloom_form_content:before { border-top-color: transparent !important; border-left-color: #ffffff !important; }
						@media only screen and ( max-width: 767px ) {.et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .carrot_edge.et_bloom_form_right .et_bloom_form_content:before { border-top-color: #ffffff !important; border-left-color: transparent !important; }.et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .carrot_edge.et_bloom_form_left .et_bloom_form_content:after { border-bottom-color: #ffffff !important; border-left-color: transparent !important; }
						}.et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_content button { background-color: #f92c8b !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_content .et_bloom_fields i { color: #f92c8b !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_content .et_bloom_custom_field_radio i:before { background: #f92c8b !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_border_solid { border-color: #f7f9fb !important } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_content button { background-color: #f92c8b !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container h2, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container h2 span, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container h2 strong { font-family: "Open Sans", Helvetica, Arial, Lucida, sans-serif; }.et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container p, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container p span, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container p strong, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container form input, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container form button span { font-family: "Open Sans", Helvetica, Arial, Lucida, sans-serif; } p.et_bloom_popup_input { padding-bottom: 0 !important;}</style>
				<div class="et_bloom_form_container  with_edge carrot_edge et_bloom_border_solid et_bloom_rounded et_bloom_form_text_light et_bloom_form_bottom et_bloom_inline_1_field">
					
			<div class="et_bloom_form_container_wrapper clearfix">
				<div class="et_bloom_header_outer">
					<div class="et_bloom_form_header split et_bloom_header_text_dark">
						<img decoding="async" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/plugins/bloom/images/premade-image-06.png" alt="Download For Free" class=" et_bloom_image_slideup et_bloom_image">
						<div class="et_bloom_form_text">
						<h2>Download For Free</h2><p>Join the Divi Newsletter and we will email you a copy of the ultimate Divi Landing Page Layout Pack, plus tons of other amazing and free Divi resources, tips and tricks. Follow along and you will be a Divi master in no time. <em>If you are already subscribed simply type in your email address below and click download to access the layout pack.</em></p>
					</div>
						
					</div>
				</div>
				<div class="et_bloom_form_content et_bloom_1_field et_bloom_bottom_inline">
					
					
					<form method="post" class="clearfix">
						<div class="et_bloom_fields">
							
							<p class="et_bloom_popup_input et_bloom_subscribe_email">
								<input placeholder="Enter your email address">
							</p>
							
							<button data-optin_id="optin_1" data-service="mailchimp" data-list_id="c886a2fc0a" data-page_id="316992" data-account="Divi Daily" data-ip_address="true" class="et_bloom_submit_subscription et_bloom_submit_subscription_locked">
								<span class="et_bloom_subscribe_loader"></span>
								<span class="et_bloom_button_text et_bloom_button_text_color_light">DOWNLOAD</span>
							</button>
						</div>
					</form>
					<div class="et_bloom_success_container">
						<span class="et_bloom_success_checkmark"></span>
					</div>
					<h2 class="et_bloom_success_message">You have successfully subscribed. Please check your email address to confirm your subscription and get access to free weekly Divi layout packs!</h2>
					
				</div>
			</div>
			<span class="et_bloom_close_button"></span>
				</div>
			</div>
					</div>
				</div>
<h2>What’s Included (8 Exports)</h2>
<p>After you download and unzip the file, you’ll find 7 styled Text Overlapping Image Section exports, plus 1 file containing all layouts.</p>
<p><em>Styled &#8211; Text Overlapping Image Section 1 to 7 (7) → Seven fully styled text and image section layouts with layered typography, overlapping image areas, strong visual contrast, refined spacing, buttons, supporting content blocks, and clean responsive structure that you can use as-is or customize.</em></p>
<p><em>Styled &#8211; Text Overlapping Image Sections (All) → Imports all 7 designs into your Divi Library at once.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317033 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/text-overlapping-JSON-files.jpg" alt="text overlapping JSON files" width="1800" height="350" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/text-overlapping-JSON-files.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/text-overlapping-JSON-files-300x58.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/text-overlapping-JSON-files-768x149.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/text-overlapping-JSON-files-1536x299.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/text-overlapping-JSON-files-610x119.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h2>How To Use The Text Overlapping Image Designs</h2>
<p>Keep your download folder handy. We’ll import the files, add a section to a page, and then replace the content.</p>
<h3>1. Import Sections Into The Divi Library</h3>
<p>Go to <em>Divi → Divi Library</em>. Click <em>Import &amp; Export</em> at the top of the screen.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Divi-Library-1-e1773416431452.jpeg" alt="Divi Library import screen" width="1800" height="873" /></p>
<p>In the <em>Import &amp; Export Layouts</em> modal, switch to the <em>Import</em> tab, then click <em>Choose File</em> and select your JSON file. Choose any Text Overlapping Image Section JSON you’d like to use, then click <em>Import Divi Builder Layouts</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317057 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-text-overlapping-JSONs.jpeg" alt="import text overlapping JSONs" width="1800" height="904" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-text-overlapping-JSONs.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-text-overlapping-JSONs-300x151.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-text-overlapping-JSONs-768x386.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-text-overlapping-JSONs-1536x771.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-text-overlapping-JSONs-610x306.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h3>2. Add A Text Overlapping Image Section To Any Page</h3>
<p>Open a page in the <em>Visual Builder</em> and add a new <em>Section</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-309698" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/add-new-section-to-Divi.jpeg" alt="add new section to Divi" width="1800" height="777" /></p>
<p>Click <em>Add From Library</em> and select one of your Text Overlapping Image sections.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317062 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-text-overlapping-sections.jpeg" alt="import text overlapping sections" width="1800" height="941" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-text-overlapping-sections.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-text-overlapping-sections-300x157.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-text-overlapping-sections-768x401.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-text-overlapping-sections-1536x803.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-text-overlapping-sections-610x319.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h3>3. Swap The Content</h3>
<p>Once the section is on the page, replacing the placeholder content only takes a few clicks. Start by updating the heading, oversized text, body copy, buttons, labels, links, service names, captions, calls to action, and supporting details so the section matches your brand and message. Then swap in your own images, portraits, product photos, background visuals, icons, or supporting media as needed.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317063 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/update-content-in-Divi-5.jpeg" alt="update content in Divi 5" width="1800" height="939" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/update-content-in-Divi-5.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/update-content-in-Divi-5-300x157.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/update-content-in-Divi-5-768x401.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/update-content-in-Divi-5-1536x801.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/update-content-in-Divi-5-610x318.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Because these designs rely on the relationship between text and image placement, it’s best to replace content one area at a time. This helps preserve the balance between typography, overlapping visuals, negative space, contrast, and supporting content as you customize the design.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/replace-content-one-section-at-a-time.mp4" /></video></p>
<p>If your new headline is longer or shorter than the original, review the layout immediately after editing. Large text can overlap images differently, wrap onto new lines, or shift the visual balance of the section. Adjust text size, line height, spacing, module width, or image position as needed.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317066 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/adjust-typography-styles.jpeg" alt="adjust typography styles" width="1800" height="942" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/adjust-typography-styles.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/adjust-typography-styles-300x157.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/adjust-typography-styles-768x402.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/adjust-typography-styles-1536x804.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/adjust-typography-styles-610x319.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>If you want to expand or simplify a section, duplicate or remove existing rows, columns, groups, image modules, text modules, buttons, or content blocks rather than rebuilding the design from scratch. That’s the easiest way to preserve the original structure, spacing, and visual rhythm.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317069 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/replace-content-blocks.jpeg" alt="replace content blocks" width="1800" height="940" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/replace-content-blocks.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/replace-content-blocks-300x157.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/replace-content-blocks-768x401.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/replace-content-blocks-1536x802.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/replace-content-blocks-610x319.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h3>4. Adjust Styles (Optional)</h3>
<p>These Text Overlapping Image Designs are already styled, so you can use them right away or refine them to better match your site. Update typography, colors, images, overlays, borders, shadows, spacing, backgrounds, buttons, and layout sizing as needed using the settings in the Design tab.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/update-sstyles-in-the-Design-tab.mp4" /></video></p>
<p>To change typography, open any Text or Heading module and go to the <em>Design</em> tab. Expand the relevant text settings to adjust <em>Font</em>, <em>Font Weight</em>, <em>Text Alignment</em>, <em>Text Color</em>, <em>Text Size</em>, <em>Letter Spacing</em>, <em>Line Height</em>, and more.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317072 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/adjust-text-styles.jpeg" alt="adjust text styles" width="1800" height="930" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/adjust-text-styles.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/adjust-text-styles-300x155.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/adjust-text-styles-768x397.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/adjust-text-styles-1536x794.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/adjust-text-styles-610x315.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>To refine the overlapping effect, open the section, row, column, group, image module, or text module you want to adjust and use the <em>Design</em> tab to tweak <em>Sizing</em>, <em>Spacing</em>, <em>Transform</em>, <em>Position</em>, <em>Background</em>, <em>Border</em>, and <em>Box Shadow</em> settings.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/adjust-overlapping-effects.mp4" /></video></p>
<p>If your section uses large stacked text, image overlays, portrait cutouts, background photos, split layouts, dark panels, or layered content blocks, keep those relationships in mind as you edit so the composition remains intentional, readable, and balanced.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317081 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/keep-relationships-in-mind-1.jpeg" alt="keep relationships in mind" width="1800" height="932" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/keep-relationships-in-mind-1.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/keep-relationships-in-mind-1-300x155.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/keep-relationships-in-mind-1-768x398.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/keep-relationships-in-mind-1-1536x795.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/keep-relationships-in-mind-1-610x316.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Use Divi’s responsive editing tools to fine-tune text size, image placement, stacking, spacing, overlap behavior, and button placement on smaller screens so the layout stays polished across devices.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/usee-responsive-tools.mp4" /></video></p>
<h2>Tips For Effective Text Overlapping Image Designs</h2>
<p>Text overlapping image sections work best when the typography and visuals support each other. Use these quick tips to keep your sections bold, readable, and easy to customize.</p>
<h3>Keep The Main Message Clear</h3>
<p>Overlapping text can create a strong visual moment, but the message should still be easy to understand. Use concise headings and make sure the most important words remain readable at a glance.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317083 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Keep-The-Main-Message-Clear.jpg" alt="Keep The Main Message Clear" width="1800" height="1044" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Keep-The-Main-Message-Clear.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Keep-The-Main-Message-Clear-300x174.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Keep-The-Main-Message-Clear-768x445.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Keep-The-Main-Message-Clear-1536x891.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Keep-The-Main-Message-Clear-610x354.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h3>Use Images With Strong Composition</h3>
<p>The image needs to support the text instead of competing with it. Choose visuals with clear focal points, enough open space, and contrast that works well with the typography placed over or around it.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317084 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Use-Images-With-Strong-Composition.jpeg" alt="Use Images With Strong Composition" width="1800" height="1736" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Use-Images-With-Strong-Composition.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Use-Images-With-Strong-Composition-300x289.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Use-Images-With-Strong-Composition-768x741.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Use-Images-With-Strong-Composition-1536x1481.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Use-Images-With-Strong-Composition-610x588.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h3>Balance Overlap With Readability</h3>
<p>The overlap should feel intentional, not accidental. Make sure text remains readable by adjusting color, opacity, spacing, image brightness, overlay strength, and placement as needed.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317085 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Balance-Overlap-With-Readability.jpeg" alt="Balance Overlap With Readability" width="1800" height="1294" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Balance-Overlap-With-Readability.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Balance-Overlap-With-Readability-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Balance-Overlap-With-Readability-768x552.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Balance-Overlap-With-Readability-1536x1104.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Balance-Overlap-With-Readability-610x439.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h3>Create Depth With Layers</h3>
<p>Layered text and imagery can make a section feel more dynamic. Use scale, contrast, spacing, and image placement to create depth while keeping the layout organized and easy to scan.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317086 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Depth-With-Layers.jpg" alt="Create Depth With Layers" width="1800" height="1070" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Depth-With-Layers.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Depth-With-Layers-300x178.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Depth-With-Layers-768x457.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Depth-With-Layers-1536x913.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Depth-With-Layers-610x363.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h3>Check The Layout On Mobile</h3>
<p>Text overlapping image designs can change noticeably on tablet and phone screens as text wraps and images crop differently. Review your layout on smaller devices to ensure the overlap still works, the text remains readable, and calls to action stay easy to tap.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317087 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Check-The-Layout-On-Mobile-1.jpeg" alt="Check The Layout On Mobile" width="1800" height="943" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Check-The-Layout-On-Mobile-1.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Check-The-Layout-On-Mobile-1-300x157.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Check-The-Layout-On-Mobile-1-768x402.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Check-The-Layout-On-Mobile-1-1536x805.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Check-The-Layout-On-Mobile-1-610x320.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h2>Start Building In Divi 5 Today!</h2>
<p>These 7 Text Overlapping Image Designs for <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/divi-5/">Divi 5</a> give you a fast way to build bold, layered sections for hero areas, portfolio intros, photography websites, landing pages, service pages, creative agencies, product showcases, event pages, and more. Swap in your content, customize the styling if needed, and you’ll have a polished visual section ready in minutes with <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/divi-5/">Divi 5</a>’s Visual Builder.</p>
<div class="inline-elements small-gutters two-column centered"><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/members-area/divi-5/" class="button primary-button">Download Divi 5</a><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/divi-5/" class="button primary-button accent-purple" style="margin-bottom: 16px;">Learn More About Divi 5</a></div>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/text-overlapping-image-designs-for-divi-5">7 Text Overlapping Image Designs For Divi 5 (Free Download!)</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog">Elegant Themes Blog</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/text-overlapping-image-designs-for-divi-5/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
		<enclosure url="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/divi-5-text-overlapping-image-ft-img-3.jpg" width="280" type="image/jpg" medium="image" />	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Part 7 Of Mastering Flexbox: Building Flexible Button, Menu, And Link Rows</title>
		<link>https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/part-7-of-mastering-flexbox-building-flexible-button-menu-and-link-rows</link>
					<comments>https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/part-7-of-mastering-flexbox-building-flexible-button-menu-and-link-rows#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Deanna McLean]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2026 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Divi Resources]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[divi 5]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Divi 5 Flexbox]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Divi 5 Tutorial]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/?p=316945</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In Part 6 of our Mastering Flexbox course, we shared key tips for building responsive layouts in Divi 5 with cleaner structure, smarter breakpoint decisions, and real-content testing. Now, in Part 7, we&#8217;ll focus on smaller layout patterns that appear on almost every website: button groups, navigation menus, breadcrumbs, footer links, and tag rows. These [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/part-7-of-mastering-flexbox-building-flexible-button-menu-and-link-rows">Part 7 Of Mastering Flexbox: Building Flexible Button, Menu, And Link Rows</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog">Elegant Themes Blog</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/part-6-of-mastering-flexbox-key-tips-for-building-responsive-layouts">Part 6</a> of our Mastering <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/flexbox">Flexbox</a> course, we shared key tips for building responsive layouts in <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/divi-5/">Divi 5</a> with cleaner structure, smarter breakpoint decisions, and real-content testing.</p>
<p>Now, in Part 7, we&#8217;ll focus on smaller layout patterns that appear on almost every website: button groups, navigation menus, breadcrumbs, footer links, and tag rows. These elements look simple, but they can be tricky to make responsive because they often need to stay horizontal on Desktop, wrap cleanly on Tablet, and stack or expand on Phone without feeling cramped.</p>
<p>With Divi 5&#8217;s Flexbox Layout System, you can build flexible button groups, menu rows, and link sections directly in the Visual Builder. By combining <em>Layout Direction</em>, <em>Gap</em>, <em>Layout Wrapping</em>, <em>Column Class</em>, <em>Module Groups</em>, and responsive sizing, you can create interaction-heavy rows that adapt across screen sizes without duplicating structures or writing custom CSS for common layout patterns.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s dive in.</p>
<h2>Why Button, Menu, And Link Rows Need Special Attention</h2>
<p>Buttons, menus, and link rows are some of the most important interactive elements on a website. They guide users to key pages, actions, categories, and conversion points, so they need to remain clear and easy to use across screen sizes.</p>
<p>The challenge is that these rows often have competing layout needs. On Desktop, they usually look best as compact horizontal groups. On Tablet, they may need to wrap into multiple lines. On Phone, they may need to stack vertically, become full width, or move into a separate mobile menu.</p>
<p>Common problems include cramped spacing, misaligned icons and labels, buttons that are too small to tap comfortably, menu rows that break awkwardly on Tablet, and link groups that lose their structure when they wrap.</p>
<p>Divi 5&#8217;s Flexbox tools help solve these issues at the container level. Instead of adding manual margins to every item or duplicating separate mobile versions, you can use parent-level controls like <em>Horizontal Gap</em>, <em>Vertical Gap</em>, <em>Layout Direction</em>, and <em>Layout Wrapping</em> to manage how the group behaves.</p>
<h2>Core Flexbox Techniques For These Elements</h2>
<p>Creating flexible button, menu, and link rows in Divi 5 becomes easier once you understand which Flexbox controls do the heavy lifting.</p>
<p><em>Layout Direction</em> controls the main flow of the container. Use <em>Row</em> when items should sit side-by-side and <em>Column</em> when they should stack vertically. You can change this per breakpoint, which is useful for button groups that stay horizontal on Desktop but stack on Phone.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="506" data-mce-fragment="1" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Layout-Direction-in-Divi-5.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p><em>Justify Content</em> and <em>Align Items</em> control distribution and alignment. Justify Content works along the main axis, while Align Items works along the cross axis. Together, they help you center icon-and-text pairs, distribute navigation groups, and keep buttons aligned inside their parent container.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317176 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/justify-content-and-align-items.jpeg" alt="justify content and align items" width="1800" height="866" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/justify-content-and-align-items.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/justify-content-and-align-items-300x144.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/justify-content-and-align-items-768x369.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/justify-content-and-align-items-1536x739.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/justify-content-and-align-items-610x293.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p><em>Horizontal Gap</em> and <em>Vertical Gap</em> provide consistent spacing between direct child items without adding margins to every button, link, or module. This is especially useful when a row wraps because the spacing between items and lines stays centralized in one place.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317177 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/horizontal-and-vertical-gap.jpeg" alt="horizontal and vertical gap" width="1800" height="865" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/horizontal-and-vertical-gap.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/horizontal-and-vertical-gap-300x144.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/horizontal-and-vertical-gap-768x369.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/horizontal-and-vertical-gap-1536x738.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/horizontal-and-vertical-gap-610x293.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p><em>Layout Wrapping</em> lets items move onto additional lines when they no longer fit in one row. Combine it with <em>Column Class</em> or <em>Structure Templates</em> when you want more control over how many items appear per line at each breakpoint.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="506" data-mce-fragment="1" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/layout-wrapping-in-Divi-5.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>Finally, <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/module-groups"><em>Module Groups</em></a> let you create smaller layout contexts inside a larger row or column. Wrap related buttons, links, icons, or menu items in a Module Group so you can apply independent Flexbox settings without affecting the rest of the layout.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317179 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/using-module-groups-in-Divi-5.jpg" alt="using module groups in Divi 5" width="1800" height="883" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/using-module-groups-in-Divi-5.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/using-module-groups-in-Divi-5-300x147.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/using-module-groups-in-Divi-5-768x377.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/using-module-groups-in-Divi-5-1536x753.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/using-module-groups-in-Divi-5-610x299.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Together, these controls help you build reusable, responsive interaction rows with less manual spacing and fewer breakpoint-specific fixes.</p>
<h2>Real-World Examples</h2>
<p>Let&#8217;s look at five examples that show how to create flexible button, menu, and link rows using Divi 5&#8217;s Flexbox features. Each one includes the Desktop layout, the responsive challenge, and the settings used.</p>
<h3>Example 1: Flexible Button Group</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316964 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-example-1.jpeg" alt="Flexbox example 1" width="1800" height="1080" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-example-1.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-example-1-300x180.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-example-1-768x461.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-example-1-1536x922.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-example-1-610x366.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p><strong>Goal:</strong> Create a row of buttons that stays neatly spaced on Desktop, then stacks and expands on Phone for easier tapping.</p>
<p><strong>The Challenge:</strong> Buttons can become cramped when screen width is limited, especially when labels are longer or multiple CTAs sit side-by-side.</p>
<p><strong>The Solution:</strong> Place the buttons inside a <em>Module Group</em>. Use <em>Layout Direction &gt; Row</em> on Desktop and Tablet, then switch the Group to <em>Layout Direction &gt; Column</em> on Phone. Use <em>Horizontal Gap</em> and <em>Vertical Gap</em> for spacing, then adjust the button sizing on Phone when you want the buttons to span most of the viewport.</p>
<p><strong>Settings Used:</strong> Place a <em>Module Group</em> with three <em>Button</em> modules inside a single-column row. At the <em>Desktop</em> and <em>Tablet</em> breakpoints, set the Group&#8217;s <em>Layout Direction</em> to <em>Row</em> and apply a <em>10px Horizontal Gap</em> and <em>10px Vertical Gap</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316965 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/button-group-desktop-settings.jpeg" alt="button group desktop settings" width="1800" height="865" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/button-group-desktop-settings.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/button-group-desktop-settings-300x144.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/button-group-desktop-settings-768x369.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/button-group-desktop-settings-1536x738.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/button-group-desktop-settings-610x293.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>On the <em>Phone</em> breakpoint, switch the Group&#8217;s <em>Layout Direction</em> to <em>Column</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316966 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/button-group-phone-settings.jpeg" alt="button group phone settings" width="1800" height="865" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/button-group-phone-settings.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/button-group-phone-settings-300x144.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/button-group-phone-settings-768x369.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/button-group-phone-settings-1536x738.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/button-group-phone-settings-610x293.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Then, widen each button on Phone using the <em>Sizing</em> options in the Button module&#8217;s <em>Design</em> tab. Set the <em>Button Width</em> and <em>Button Max Width</em> to a value such as <em>90vw</em>, then set the Button module alignment to <em>Center</em>.</p>
<h3>Example 2: Breadcrumb Link Row</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316970 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-example-2.jpeg" alt="Flexbox example 2" width="1800" height="1080" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-example-2.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-example-2-300x180.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-example-2-768x461.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-example-2-1536x922.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-example-2-610x366.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p><strong>Goal:</strong> Create a horizontal breadcrumb row that remains readable on Desktop while stacking neatly on Phone.</p>
<p><strong>The Challenge On Mobile:</strong> Breadcrumb links can become cramped or wrap awkwardly, making the row harder to scan and tap on smaller screens.</p>
<p><strong>The Solution:</strong> Place the breadcrumb links inside a <em>Module Group</em>. Use <em>Layout Direction &gt; Row</em> on Desktop and Tablet for a horizontal flow, then switch to <em>Layout Direction &gt; Column</em> on Phone. Adjust the vertical spacing so the breadcrumb remains compact but readable.</p>
<p><strong>Settings Used:</strong> Set the Module Group&#8217;s <em>Layout Direction</em> to <em>Row</em> on the <em>Desktop</em> and <em>Tablet</em> breakpoints. Add a <em>10px Horizontal Gap</em> and <em>10px Vertical Gap</em>, then set <em>Justify Content</em> and <em>Align Items</em> to <em>Center</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-316971" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/breadcrub-desktop-settings.jpg" alt="breadcrumb desktop settings" width="1800" height="865" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/breadcrub-desktop-settings.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/breadcrub-desktop-settings-300x144.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/breadcrub-desktop-settings-768x369.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/breadcrub-desktop-settings-1536x738.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/breadcrub-desktop-settings-610x293.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>On the <em>Phone</em> breakpoint, set the Module Group&#8217;s <em>Layout Direction</em> to <em>Column</em>, adjust the <em>Vertical Gap</em> to <em>5px</em>, and keep the remaining alignment settings unchanged.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316972 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/breadcrumb-mobile-settings.jpeg" alt="breadcrumb mobile settings" width="1800" height="866" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/breadcrumb-mobile-settings.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/breadcrumb-mobile-settings-300x144.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/breadcrumb-mobile-settings-768x369.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/breadcrumb-mobile-settings-1536x739.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/breadcrumb-mobile-settings-610x293.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h3>Example 3: Footer With Link Groups</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316977" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-example-3.jpeg" alt="Flexbox example 3" width="1800" height="833" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-example-3.jpeg 1799w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-example-3-300x139.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-example-3-768x356.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-example-3-1536x711.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-example-3-610x282.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p><strong>Goal:</strong> Create a multi-column footer with link groups, such as Product, Company, Resources, and Legal, that stays organized on Desktop and stacks cleanly on Phone.</p>
<p><strong>The Challenge On Mobile:</strong> Footer links can become cramped, uneven, or hard to scan when the layout narrows.</p>
<p><strong>The Solution:</strong> Use a row with <em>Layout Wrapping</em> enabled and adjust gaps at both the row and Module Group levels. At the row level, gaps control spacing between the link columns. At the Module Group level, gaps control spacing between the individual links inside each group.</p>
<p><strong>Settings Used:</strong> At the Row level, set the <em>Horizontal Gap</em> to <em>25%</em>, the <em>Vertical Gap</em> to <em>30px</em>, and enable <em>Layout Wrapping</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316978 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/footer-row-settings.jpg" alt="footer row settings on desktop" width="1800" height="912" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/footer-row-settings.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/footer-row-settings-300x152.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/footer-row-settings-768x389.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/footer-row-settings-1536x778.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/footer-row-settings-610x309.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>At the Row&#8217;s <em>Phone</em> breakpoint, set the <em>Vertical Gap</em> to <em>20px</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316979 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/footer-row-settings-mobile.jpg" alt="footer row settings mobile" width="1800" height="914" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/footer-row-settings-mobile.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/footer-row-settings-mobile-300x152.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/footer-row-settings-mobile-768x390.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/footer-row-settings-mobile-1536x780.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/footer-row-settings-mobile-610x310.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>On the <em>Desktop</em> breakpoint, set each <em>Module Group&#8217;s Vertical Gap</em> to <em>10px</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316981 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/footer-group-settings-desktop.jpg" alt="footer group settings desktop" width="1800" height="907" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/footer-group-settings-desktop.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/footer-group-settings-desktop-300x151.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/footer-group-settings-desktop-768x387.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/footer-group-settings-desktop-1536x774.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/footer-group-settings-desktop-610x307.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>For each <em>Module Group</em> at the <em>Phone</em> breakpoint, keep the spacing settings unchanged and set <em>Align Items</em> to <em>Center</em> so the link groups align neatly in the stacked layout.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316980 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/footer-group-settings-mobile.jpg" alt="footer group settings mobile" width="1800" height="914" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/footer-group-settings-mobile.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/footer-group-settings-mobile-300x152.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/footer-group-settings-mobile-768x390.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/footer-group-settings-mobile-1536x780.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/footer-group-settings-mobile-610x310.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h3>Example 4: Header Navigation With A Nested Button Group</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316983 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-example-4.jpeg" alt="Flexbox example 4" width="1800" height="833" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-example-4.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-example-4-300x139.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-example-4-768x355.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-example-4-1536x711.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-example-4-610x282.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p><strong>Goal:</strong> Build a header with a logo, navigation links, and a button group that stays horizontal on Desktop but adapts cleanly on Tablet and Phone.</p>
<p><strong>The Challenge On Mobile:</strong> Navigation links and buttons can become cramped or misaligned, and the button group may need different sizing behavior than the main menu.</p>
<p><strong>The Solution:</strong> Use a parent Column for the full header row and Module Groups for related items. The logo and menu can sit in one group, while the CTA buttons can sit in another. This gives each part of the header its own Flexbox settings and responsive sizing.</p>
<p><strong>Settings Used:</strong> At the <em>Column</em> level, set the <em>Layout Direction</em> to <em>Row</em>, set the <em>Horizontal Gap</em> and <em>Vertical Gap</em> to <em>10px</em>, set <em>Justify Content</em> to <em>Space Between</em>, and set <em>Align Items</em> to <em>Center</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-317008" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/header-column-level-settings.jpg" alt="header column level settings" width="1800" height="913" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/header-column-level-settings.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/header-column-level-settings-300x152.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/header-column-level-settings-768x390.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/header-column-level-settings-1536x779.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/header-column-level-settings-610x309.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>For the <em>Module Group</em>, set <em>Justify Content</em> to <em>Space Between</em> and <em>Align Items</em> to <em>Center</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317009 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/header-module-group-settings-desktop.jpg" alt="header module group settings desktop" width="1800" height="864" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/header-module-group-settings-desktop.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/header-module-group-settings-desktop-300x144.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/header-module-group-settings-desktop-768x369.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/header-module-group-settings-desktop-1536x737.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/header-module-group-settings-desktop-610x293.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>On the <em>Phone</em> breakpoint, set the <em>Column Vertical Gap</em> to <em>15px</em> and leave the remaining settings unchanged unless your design needs a different mobile structure.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317010 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/header-column-level-settings-mobile.jpg" alt="header column level settings mobile" width="1800" height="913" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/header-column-level-settings-mobile.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/header-column-level-settings-mobile-300x152.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/header-column-level-settings-mobile-768x390.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/header-column-level-settings-mobile-1536x779.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/header-column-level-settings-mobile-610x309.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>In addition to the Flexbox settings, adjust the <em>Sizing</em> for the <em>Module Group</em> across breakpoints. Set the Group width to <em>75%</em> on <em>Desktop</em>, <em>65%</em> on <em>Tablet</em>, and <em>100%</em> on <em>Phone</em>. This helps the logo and menu group use the available width more effectively on smaller screens.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-317012" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/group-phone-sizing.jpg" alt="group phone sizing" width="1800" height="789" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/group-phone-sizing.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/group-phone-sizing-300x132.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/group-phone-sizing-768x337.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/group-phone-sizing-1536x673.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/group-phone-sizing-610x267.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Finally, set each <em>Button</em>&#8216;s width to <em>80vw</em> on the <em>Phone</em> breakpoint so the buttons can span most of the viewport.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317013 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/header-button-sizing-phone.jpeg" alt="header button sizing phone" width="1800" height="943" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/header-button-sizing-phone.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/header-button-sizing-phone-300x157.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/header-button-sizing-phone-768x402.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/header-button-sizing-phone-1536x805.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/header-button-sizing-phone-610x320.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h3>Example 5: Tag Cloud</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317015" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-example-5.jpeg" alt="Flexbox example 5" width="1800" height="833" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-example-5.jpeg 1799w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-example-5-300x139.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-example-5-768x356.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-example-5-1536x711.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-example-5-610x282.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p><strong>Goal:</strong> Create a flexible tag cloud or category row that flows horizontally on larger screens and wraps naturally on smaller screens.</p>
<p><strong>The Challenge On Mobile:</strong> Tag clouds can become cramped, uneven, or hard to tap when tag lengths vary.</p>
<p><strong>The Solution:</strong> Use a single Column or Module Group with <em>Layout Direction &gt; Row</em> and <em>Layout Wrapping &gt; Wrap</em>. Apply <em>Horizontal Gap</em> and <em>Vertical Gap</em> at the parent level so tags have consistent spacing as they wrap. Because the layout is designed to wrap naturally, it can often use the same Flexbox settings across breakpoints.</p>
<p><strong>Settings Used:</strong> The Column uses <em>Layout Direction &gt; Row</em>, a <em>10px Horizontal Gap</em>, and a <em>10px Vertical Gap</em>. <em>Justify Content</em> and <em>Align Items</em> are both set to <em>Center</em>, and <em>Layout Wrapping</em> is enabled. These settings remain consistent across breakpoints.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317092 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/tag-cloud-flex-settings.jpg" alt="tag cloud flex settings" width="1800" height="862" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/tag-cloud-flex-settings.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/tag-cloud-flex-settings-300x144.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/tag-cloud-flex-settings-768x368.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/tag-cloud-flex-settings-1536x736.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/tag-cloud-flex-settings-610x292.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h2>Step-By-Step Build</h2>
<p>Let&#8217;s walk through building a custom menu that includes a logo, navigation links, a CTA, and a mobile menu. By the end, you&#8217;ll understand how to combine Flexbox, Module Groups, Link loops, Canvases, and Interactions for a responsive navigation workflow.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317102 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/flexbox-example-6.jpeg" alt="flexbox example 6" width="1799" height="833" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/flexbox-example-6.jpeg 1799w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/flexbox-example-6-300x139.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/flexbox-example-6-768x356.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/flexbox-example-6-1536x711.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/flexbox-example-6-610x282.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1799px) 100vw, 1799px" /></p>
<h3>Set Up The Main Row Structure</h3>
<p>Start by adding a <em>single-column row</em> to a new page in the Visual Builder. If needed, select <em>Flex</em> as the Layout Style. In the Row&#8217;s <em>Design</em> tab, expand the <em>Layout</em> option group. Set the <em>Horizontal Gap</em> to <em>0px</em>, set the <em>Vertical Gap</em> to <em>5px</em>, and enable <em>Layout Wrapping &gt; Wrap</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317138 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/row-flex-settings.jpeg" alt="row flex settings" width="1800" height="862" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/row-flex-settings.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/row-flex-settings-300x144.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/row-flex-settings-768x368.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/row-flex-settings-1536x736.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/row-flex-settings-610x292.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Open the <em>Column</em> settings and go to the <em>Design</em> tab. In the <em>Layout</em> option group, set the <em>Layout Direction</em> to <em>Row</em> so items flow from left to right. Set <em>Justify Content</em> to <em>Space Between</em>, set <em>Align Items</em> to <em>Center</em>, and enable <em>Layout Wrapping &gt; Wrap</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317140 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/first-column-settings.jpg" alt="first column flex settings" width="1800" height="863" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/first-column-settings.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/first-column-settings-300x144.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/first-column-settings-768x368.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/first-column-settings-1536x736.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/first-column-settings-610x292.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Now add another Column to the Row. In the Row&#8217;s <em>Content</em> tab, expand the <em>Elements</em> option group and click the <em>+ Add Element</em> button to add the Column.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="506" data-mce-fragment="1" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/adding-new-columns-to-a-row-in-Divi-5.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>Switch to the <em>Design</em> tab for the new Column. Set <em>Layout Direction</em> to <em>Row</em>, <em>Justify Content</em> to <em>Space Between</em>, <em>Align Items</em> to <em>Center</em>, and <em>Layout Wrapping</em> to <em>Wrap</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317142 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/second-column-settings.jpeg" alt="second column settings" width="1800" height="866" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/second-column-settings.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/second-column-settings-300x144.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/second-column-settings-768x369.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/second-column-settings-1536x739.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/second-column-settings-610x293.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Before moving on, open the first Column and assign a <em>Background Color</em>, <em>15px Border Radius</em>, and <em>10px Padding</em> on all four sides.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="506" data-mce-fragment="1" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/column-styling.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<h3>Add Modules To The Row</h3>
<p>In the first Column, add a <em>Module Group</em> to hold an <em>Icon</em> module and a <em>Text</em> module. Style the modules as needed. Then, in the Group&#8217;s <em>Layout</em> settings, set the <em>Horizontal Gap</em> to <em>10px</em>, set <em>Layout Direction</em> to <em>Row</em>, and set <em>Align Items</em> to <em>Center</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317145 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/icon-group-flex-setttings.jpeg" alt="icon group flex settings" width="1800" height="864" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/icon-group-flex-setttings.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/icon-group-flex-setttings-300x144.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/icon-group-flex-setttings-768x369.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/icon-group-flex-setttings-1536x737.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/icon-group-flex-setttings-610x293.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Add a <em>Social Media Follow</em> module outside of the Group and style it as needed.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-317146" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/social-media-follow-module.jpeg" alt="social media follow module" width="1800" height="693" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/social-media-follow-module.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/social-media-follow-module-300x116.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/social-media-follow-module-768x296.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/social-media-follow-module-1536x591.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/social-media-follow-module-610x235.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>In the second Column, add an <em>Image</em> module and two <em>Module Groups</em>. The Image module will serve as the logo. The Module Groups will hold the navigation links, hidden hamburger icon, and CTA.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317147 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/second-column-modules.jpeg" alt="second column modules" width="1800" height="938" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/second-column-modules.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/second-column-modules-300x156.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/second-column-modules-768x400.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/second-column-modules-1536x800.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/second-column-modules-610x318.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>In the first Group&#8217;s <em>Layout</em> settings, set <em>Horizontal Gap</em> to <em>15px</em>, <em>Layout Direction</em> to <em>Row</em>, <em>Justify Content</em> to <em>End</em>, and <em>Align Items</em> to <em>Center</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317149 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/second-column-module-group-settings.jpeg" alt="second column module group settings" width="1800" height="863" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/second-column-module-group-settings.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/second-column-module-group-settings-300x144.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/second-column-module-group-settings-768x368.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/second-column-module-group-settings-1536x736.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/second-column-module-group-settings-610x292.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Add a <em>Link</em> module to the Group and style the link as needed, including hover and active states.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="506" data-mce-fragment="1" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/style-hover-and-active-states.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>In the <em>Link</em> module&#8217;s <em>Content</em> tab, expand the <em>Loop</em> option group and enable <em>Loop Element</em>. Select <em>Menu</em> as the <em>Query Type</em> and choose your main menu.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317150 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/create-a-link-loop.jpeg" alt="create a link loop" width="1800" height="877" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/create-a-link-loop.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/create-a-link-loop-300x146.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/create-a-link-loop-768x374.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/create-a-link-loop-1536x748.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/create-a-link-loop-610x297.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>To assign the menu item names, expand the <em>Text</em> option group, click the <em>Insert Dynamic Content</em> icon, and choose <em>Loop Menu Text</em>.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="506" data-mce-fragment="1" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/loop-menu-text.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>In the second Module Group, add an <em>Icon</em> module and a <em>Button</em> module, then style them as needed. In the Group&#8217;s <em>Design</em> tab, set the <em>Layout Direction</em> to <em>Row</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317152 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/group-layout-direction.jpeg" alt="group layout direction" width="1800" height="864" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/group-layout-direction.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/group-layout-direction-300x144.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/group-layout-direction-768x369.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/group-layout-direction-1536x737.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/group-layout-direction-610x293.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Hide the hamburger <em>Icon</em> module on <em>Desktop</em> so it only appears at the <em>Tablet</em> and <em>Phone</em> breakpoints.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317154 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/icon-visibility-settings.jpeg" alt="icon visibility settings" width="1800" height="791" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/icon-visibility-settings.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/icon-visibility-settings-300x132.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/icon-visibility-settings-768x337.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/icon-visibility-settings-1536x675.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/icon-visibility-settings-610x268.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Then hide the <em>Module Group</em> with the desktop navigation links on the <em>Tablet</em> and <em>Phone</em> breakpoints.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317168 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/hide-desktop-menu-on-mobile-devices.jpeg" alt="hide desktop menu on mobile devices" width="1800" height="789" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/hide-desktop-menu-on-mobile-devices.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/hide-desktop-menu-on-mobile-devices-300x132.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/hide-desktop-menu-on-mobile-devices-768x337.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/hide-desktop-menu-on-mobile-devices-1536x673.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/hide-desktop-menu-on-mobile-devices-610x267.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h3>Create The Mobile Menu</h3>
<p>In this step, we&#8217;ll create a separate <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/divi-canvases">Canvas</a> to hold the mobile menu. Click the Canvas dropdown menu, select <em>Add Canvas</em>, give it a name such as <em>Mobile Menu</em>, set a <em>Z-Index</em> of <em>99999</em>, and click <em>Add Canvas</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317156 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/add-a-new-canvas.jpeg" alt="add a new canvas in Divi 5" width="1800" height="795" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/add-a-new-canvas.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/add-a-new-canvas-300x133.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/add-a-new-canvas-768x339.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/add-a-new-canvas-1536x678.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/add-a-new-canvas-610x269.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>When the Canvas loads, add a <em>single-column row</em> with an <em>Icon</em> module and a <em>Module Group</em>. Open the Section settings and go to the <em>Design</em> tab. Expand the <em>Sizing</em> option group and set the <em>Width</em> and <em>Max Width</em> to <em>80%</em>. Choose <em>Center</em> for the <em>Section Alignment</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317158 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/section-alignment.jpeg" alt="section alignment" width="1800" height="910" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/section-alignment.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/section-alignment-300x152.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/section-alignment-768x388.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/section-alignment-1536x777.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/section-alignment-610x308.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Then open the <em>Column</em> settings and set the <em>Vertical Gap</em> to <em>10px</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317159 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/set-mobile-menu-vertical-gap.jpeg" alt="set mobile menu vertical gap" width="1800" height="861" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/set-mobile-menu-vertical-gap.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/set-mobile-menu-vertical-gap-300x144.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/set-mobile-menu-vertical-gap-768x367.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/set-mobile-menu-vertical-gap-1536x735.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/set-mobile-menu-vertical-gap-610x292.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Next, open the <em>Module Group</em> settings and set the <em>Horizontal Gap</em> and <em>Vertical Gap</em> to <em>15px</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317160 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/mobile-menu-module-group-settings.jpeg" alt="mobile menu module group settings" width="1800" height="866" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/mobile-menu-module-group-settings.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/mobile-menu-module-group-settings-300x144.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/mobile-menu-module-group-settings-768x369.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/mobile-menu-module-group-settings-1536x739.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/mobile-menu-module-group-settings-610x293.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Assign a <em>Close</em> icon to the <em>Icon</em> module, set an <em>Icon Size</em>, and expand the <em>Sizing</em> option group to set the <em>Alignment</em> to <em>End</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317161 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/icon-alignment.jpeg" alt="icon alignment" width="1800" height="855" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/icon-alignment.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/icon-alignment-300x143.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/icon-alignment-768x365.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/icon-alignment-1536x730.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/icon-alignment-610x290.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Add a <em>Link</em> module, style it, and enable looping for your WordPress menu.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="506" data-mce-fragment="1" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/creating-a-menu-loop.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<h3>Create The Interactions</h3>
<p>Before closing the Canvas, create an <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/interactions">Interaction</a> that closes the mobile menu on click. Select the <em>Icon</em> module and go to the <em>Advanced</em> tab. Expand the <em>Interactions</em> option group and click <em>+ Add Interaction</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317163 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/add-Divi-5-interaction.jpeg" alt="add Divi 5 interaction" width="1800" height="706" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/add-Divi-5-interaction.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/add-Divi-5-interaction-300x118.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/add-Divi-5-interaction-768x301.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/add-Divi-5-interaction-1536x602.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/add-Divi-5-interaction-610x239.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Choose <em>Click</em> as the <em>Trigger Event</em>, give the Interaction a name, choose <em>Hide Element</em> as the <em>Effect Action</em>, and choose <em>Section (Mobile Menu)</em> as the <em>Target Module</em>.</p>
<p><strong>Tip:</strong> To make Interactions easier to manage, label your sections clearly so they are easy to identify in the <em>Layers Panel</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-317164" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/set-mobile-menu-interaction.jpeg" alt="set mobile menu interaction" width="1800" height="928" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/set-mobile-menu-interaction.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/set-mobile-menu-interaction-300x155.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/set-mobile-menu-interaction-768x396.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/set-mobile-menu-interaction-1536x792.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/set-mobile-menu-interaction-610x314.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Before heading back to the Main Canvas, expand the <em>Visibility</em> option group and disable the mobile menu section on all breakpoints. Save the Canvas.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317165 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/disable-mobile-menu-section.jpeg" alt="disable mobile menu section" width="1800" height="793" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/disable-mobile-menu-section.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/disable-mobile-menu-section-300x132.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/disable-mobile-menu-section-768x338.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/disable-mobile-menu-section-1536x677.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/disable-mobile-menu-section-610x269.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Finally, open the <em>Position</em> option group, set <em>Position</em> to <em>Absolute</em>, set <em>Offset Origin</em> to <em>Top Center</em>, and apply a <em>-50px Vertical Offset</em> so the mobile menu appears near the main menu when opened. You may need to adjust this value depending on your header height and spacing.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317171 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/set-a-vertical-offset.jpeg" alt="set a vertical offset" width="1800" height="892" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/set-a-vertical-offset.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/set-a-vertical-offset-300x149.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/set-a-vertical-offset-768x381.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/set-a-vertical-offset-1536x761.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/set-a-vertical-offset-610x302.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Switch back to the <em>Main Canvas</em>, select the hamburger <em>Icon</em> module, go to the <em>Advanced</em> tab, expand the <em>Interactions</em> option group, and create a new Interaction that opens the mobile menu on click.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317167 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/open-mobile-menu-interaction.jpeg" alt="open mobile menu interaction" width="1800" height="937" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/open-mobile-menu-interaction.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/open-mobile-menu-interaction-300x156.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/open-mobile-menu-interaction-768x400.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/open-mobile-menu-interaction-1536x800.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/open-mobile-menu-interaction-610x318.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Save the Main Canvas, open the page in a new tab, and test the functionality.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="506" data-mce-fragment="1" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/testing-the-menu-functionality.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<h2>Best Practices And Tips</h2>
<p>Here are a few practical tips to help you build better button, menu, and link rows with Divi 5.</p>
<h3>1. Choose Wrap Vs. Column Direction Wisely</h3>
<p>Use <em>Layout Wrapping</em> when you want items to flow naturally onto new lines as space becomes limited. This works well for tag clouds, link rows, and button groups that benefit from automatic wrapping.</p>
<p>Switch to <em>Column</em> direction when you need a strict vertical stack, such as a mobile menu or full-width CTA group. Avoid forcing Column direction too early, especially on Tablet, because it can make layouts longer than necessary.</p>
<h3>2. Prioritize Important CTAs With Display Order</h3>
<p>On mobile, you can use <em>Display Order</em> to move a primary button, key link, or important menu item earlier in the visual flow. A negative value, such as <em>-1</em>, can pull an item ahead of other elements at a specific breakpoint.</p>
<p>Use this selectively. A clean source order should still do most of the work, with Display Order used only when the mobile hierarchy needs a targeted adjustment.</p>
<h3>3. Use The Loop Builder For Menu Links</h3>
<p>When building custom menus with the Link module, you do not need to manually create a separate Link module for every page on your site. Add a single Link module, open its settings, go to the <em>Loop</em> option group, and toggle <em>Loop Element</em> on. Set the <em>Query Type</em> to <em>Menu</em> and choose your WordPress menu.</p>
<p>Using the <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/loop-builder">Loop Builder</a> gives you more control over link styling and helps your menu reflect updates when the connected WordPress menu changes.</p>
<h3>4. Use Flexbox Controls For Quick Alignment</h3>
<p>For a typical logo, menu, and button layout, set the parent container to <em>Layout Direction &gt; Row</em>, set <em>Align Items</em> to <em>Center</em>, and use <em>Justify Content &gt; Space Between</em>. This can position the logo, navigation, and CTA in a balanced horizontal row without relying on manual margins.</p>
<p>Then use Module Groups when part of the header needs its own alignment behavior, such as a menu group, social icon group, or CTA button group.</p>
<h3>5. Build More Advanced Menus With Interactions And Canvases</h3>
<p>You can use Divi 5&#8217;s <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/everything-you-need-to-know-about-divi-5-interactions">Interactions</a> and newer <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/new-menu-modules-menu-looping-and-interactions">menu features</a> to create more advanced setups, such as mobile overlays, dropdown-style menus, or <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/how-to-build-mega-menus-with-divi-5s-dropdown-module">mega menus</a>. While Link modules work well for simple navigation rows, the newer Link and Dropdown modules, <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/everything-you-need-to-know-about-canvases-in-divi-5">Canvases</a>, Loop Builder, and Interactions make it possible to build more custom navigation patterns inside the Visual Builder.</p>
<h2>Download The Layouts</h2>
<p>To help you follow along, we&#8217;ve created a zip file containing the examples from this post. You&#8217;ll find an <em>ALL</em> file containing all sections, a folder with <em>individual sections</em>, and a folder containing the full <em>step-by-step example</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317188 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/downloadable-jsons.jpg" alt="downloadable JSON files" width="1800" height="314" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/downloadable-jsons.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/downloadable-jsons-300x52.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/downloadable-jsons-768x134.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/downloadable-jsons-1536x268.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/downloadable-jsons-610x106.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>To use the ALL file or individual sections, import them into the Divi Library. Go to <em>Divi &gt; Divi Library</em> and click the <em>Import &amp; Export</em> button.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316145 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Divi-Library-import.jpg" alt="Divi Library import" width="1800" height="873" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Divi-Library-import.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Divi-Library-import-300x146.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Divi-Library-import-768x372.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Divi-Library-import-1536x745.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Divi-Library-import-610x296.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Switch to the <em>Import</em> tab, choose an <em>individual JSON</em> file or the <em>ALL</em> file from your computer, and select <em>Import Divi Builder Layouts</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317189 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-divi-layouts-1.jpeg" alt="import divi layouts" width="1800" height="910" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-divi-layouts-1.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-divi-layouts-1-300x152.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-divi-layouts-1-768x388.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-divi-layouts-1-1536x777.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-divi-layouts-1-610x308.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>To use an imported section, open a page in the Visual Builder. Click the <em>blue + icon</em> to add a section to the page.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316451 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-new-section-to-Divi-.jpg" alt="add new section to Divi" width="1800" height="727" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-new-section-to-Divi-.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-new-section-to-Divi--300x121.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-new-section-to-Divi--768x310.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-new-section-to-Divi--1536x620.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-new-section-to-Divi--610x246.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Switch to <em>Add From Library</em> and choose the section you want to add to the page.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317190 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/add-section-to-a-Divi-page.jpeg" alt="add section to a Divi page" width="1800" height="940" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/add-section-to-a-Divi-page.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/add-section-to-a-Divi-page-300x157.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/add-section-to-a-Divi-page-768x401.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/add-section-to-a-Divi-page-1536x802.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/add-section-to-a-Divi-page-610x319.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>For the step-by-step example, enable the Export &amp; Import Page Bar Icon. Click the <em>Workspace</em> icon in the Builder Bar, locate <em>Export &amp; Import</em> under <em>Page Bar Icons</em>, and click the <em>Export &amp; Import</em> icon in the top bar of the Visual Builder.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317191 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/enable-export-and-import.jpeg" alt="enable export and import" width="1800" height="943" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/enable-export-and-import.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/enable-export-and-import-300x157.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/enable-export-and-import-768x402.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/enable-export-and-import-1536x805.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/enable-export-and-import-610x320.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Switch to the <em>Import</em> tab, locate the folder containing the <em>Menu &#8211; Step By Step.json</em> file, and select <em>Import Layout</em>. This JSON file <em>must</em> be uploaded this way to import the Mobile Menu Canvas associated with it.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317192 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-page-layout.jpeg" alt="import page layout into Divi 5" width="1800" height="738" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-page-layout.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-page-layout-300x123.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-page-layout-768x315.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-page-layout-1536x630.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-page-layout-610x250.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>If you plan to use the example as your site&#8217;s navigation, you can add it as a <em>Global Header</em> in the <em>Theme Builder</em> after importing the layout.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317193 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/add-new-global-header.jpeg" alt="add new global header" width="1800" height="911" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/add-new-global-header.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/add-new-global-header-300x152.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/add-new-global-header-768x389.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/add-new-global-header-1536x777.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/add-new-global-header-610x309.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<div class="et_bloom_locked_container et_bloom_optin_1" data-page_id="316945" data-optin_id="optin_1" data-list_id="mailchimp_c886a2fc0a" data-current_optin_id="optin_1">
					<div class="et_bloom_locked_content" style="display: none;">
						<a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Button-Menu-And-Link-Rows.zip" class="button inline-button primary-button" rel=" ">Download the Files</a>
					</div>
					<div class="et_bloom_locked_form">
						<div class="et_bloom_inline_form et_bloom_optin et_bloom_make_form_visible et_bloom_optin_1" style="display: none;">
				<style type="text/css">.et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_content { background-color: #4843d2 !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container .et_bloom_form_header { background-color: #ffffff !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .carrot_edge .et_bloom_form_content:before { border-top-color: #ffffff !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .carrot_edge.et_bloom_form_right .et_bloom_form_content:before, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .carrot_edge.et_bloom_form_left .et_bloom_form_content:before { border-top-color: transparent !important; border-left-color: #ffffff !important; }
						@media only screen and ( max-width: 767px ) {.et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .carrot_edge.et_bloom_form_right .et_bloom_form_content:before { border-top-color: #ffffff !important; border-left-color: transparent !important; }.et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .carrot_edge.et_bloom_form_left .et_bloom_form_content:after { border-bottom-color: #ffffff !important; border-left-color: transparent !important; }
						}.et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_content button { background-color: #f92c8b !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_content .et_bloom_fields i { color: #f92c8b !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_content .et_bloom_custom_field_radio i:before { background: #f92c8b !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_border_solid { border-color: #f7f9fb !important } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_content button { background-color: #f92c8b !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container h2, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container h2 span, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container h2 strong { font-family: "Open Sans", Helvetica, Arial, Lucida, sans-serif; }.et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container p, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container p span, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container p strong, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container form input, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container form button span { font-family: "Open Sans", Helvetica, Arial, Lucida, sans-serif; } p.et_bloom_popup_input { padding-bottom: 0 !important;}</style>
				<div class="et_bloom_form_container  with_edge carrot_edge et_bloom_border_solid et_bloom_rounded et_bloom_form_text_light et_bloom_form_bottom et_bloom_inline_1_field">
					
			<div class="et_bloom_form_container_wrapper clearfix">
				<div class="et_bloom_header_outer">
					<div class="et_bloom_form_header split et_bloom_header_text_dark">
						<img decoding="async" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/plugins/bloom/images/premade-image-06.png" alt="Download For Free" class=" et_bloom_image_slideup et_bloom_image">
						<div class="et_bloom_form_text">
						<h2>Download For Free</h2><p>Join the Divi Newsletter and we will email you a copy of the ultimate Divi Landing Page Layout Pack, plus tons of other amazing and free Divi resources, tips and tricks. Follow along and you will be a Divi master in no time. <em>If you are already subscribed simply type in your email address below and click download to access the layout pack.</em></p>
					</div>
						
					</div>
				</div>
				<div class="et_bloom_form_content et_bloom_1_field et_bloom_bottom_inline">
					
					
					<form method="post" class="clearfix">
						<div class="et_bloom_fields">
							
							<p class="et_bloom_popup_input et_bloom_subscribe_email">
								<input placeholder="Enter your email address">
							</p>
							
							<button data-optin_id="optin_1" data-service="mailchimp" data-list_id="c886a2fc0a" data-page_id="316945" data-account="Divi Daily" data-ip_address="true" class="et_bloom_submit_subscription et_bloom_submit_subscription_locked">
								<span class="et_bloom_subscribe_loader"></span>
								<span class="et_bloom_button_text et_bloom_button_text_color_light">DOWNLOAD</span>
							</button>
						</div>
					</form>
					<div class="et_bloom_success_container">
						<span class="et_bloom_success_checkmark"></span>
					</div>
					<h2 class="et_bloom_success_message">You have successfully subscribed. Please check your email address to confirm your subscription and get access to free weekly Divi layout packs!</h2>
					
				</div>
			</div>
			<span class="et_bloom_close_button"></span>
				</div>
			</div>
					</div>
				</div>
<h2>Master Flexible Button, Menu, And Link Rows With Flexbox</h2>
<p>With <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/divi-5/">Divi 5</a> and its <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/flexbox">Flexbox Layout System</a>, you can build button groups, link rows, custom menus, and tag clouds that adapt across screen sizes while staying easier to maintain.</p>
<p>The key is choosing the right structure for each pattern. Use <em>Row</em> direction for horizontal layouts, <em>Column</em> direction for strict vertical stacks, <em>Gap</em> for centralized spacing, <em>Layout Wrapping</em> for natural line breaks, and <em>Module Groups</em> when a set of elements needs its own layout behavior.</p>
<p>In Part 8, we&#8217;ll dive deeper into one of the biggest workflow shifts in Divi 5: using Gaps instead of manual margin for cleaner spacing systems.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/members-area/divi-5/">Download Divi 5</a>, import the example layouts included with this post, and start experimenting with flexible button, menu, and link rows. Drop a comment below and let us know which example you found most useful, or what navigation challenge you&#8217;re still working through.</p>
<div class="inline-elements small-gutters two-column centered"><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/members-area/divi-5/" class="button primary-button">Download Divi 5</a><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/divi-5/" class="button primary-button accent-purple" style="margin-bottom: 16px;">Learn More About Divi 5</a></div>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/part-7-of-mastering-flexbox-building-flexible-button-menu-and-link-rows">Part 7 Of Mastering Flexbox: Building Flexible Button, Menu, And Link Rows</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog">Elegant Themes Blog</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/part-7-of-mastering-flexbox-building-flexible-button-menu-and-link-rows/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
		<enclosure url="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/divi-5-flexbox-ft-img-3.jpg" width="280" type="image/jpg" medium="image" />	</item>
		<item>
		<title>How To Create Reusable Border And Shadow Presets In Divi 5</title>
		<link>https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/how-to-create-reusable-border-and-shadow-presets-in-divi-5</link>
					<comments>https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/how-to-create-reusable-border-and-shadow-presets-in-divi-5#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Aayush]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sun, 19 Jul 2026 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Divi Resources]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[divi 5]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[divi 5 presets]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Divi 5 Tutorial]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/?p=313745</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Styling one border or shadow is quick. Keeping that same border or shadow consistent across an entire site is harder. A card gets one border. A column gets a slightly different one. A button shadow is copied from another page. Then the design direction changes, and you have to track down the same small style [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/how-to-create-reusable-border-and-shadow-presets-in-divi-5">How To Create Reusable Border And Shadow Presets In Divi 5</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog">Elegant Themes Blog</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Styling one border or shadow is quick. Keeping that same border or shadow consistent across an entire site is harder.</p>
<p>A card gets one border. A column gets a slightly different one. A button shadow is copied from another page. Then the design direction changes, and you have to track down the same small style decision across multiple modules.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/divi-5/">Divi 5</a> gives you a better workflow with <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/preset-based-design">Option Group Presets</a>. Instead of saving an entire module design, you can save one reusable group of settings, such as Border or Box Shadow, and apply it wherever that option group is available.</p>
<p>In this post, we’ll show you how to create reusable border and shadow presets, organize them into a practical preset library, use Design Variables inside them, and update those styles globally from one place.</p>
<h2>Why Create A Border And Shadow Preset Library?</h2>
<p>Borders and shadows often look like minor styling details, but they shape how polished a site feels. If cards, images, sections, forms, and callouts all use slightly different radius values, border colors, or shadow strengths, the design starts to feel inconsistent.</p>
<p>A preset library gives those repeated decisions a clear structure.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Clear names make presets easier to reuse:</strong> Labels such as <strong>Border: Card</strong>, <strong>Border: Divider</strong>, <strong>Shadow: Subtle</strong>, and <strong>Shadow: Floating</strong> tell you what each preset is for.</li>
<li><strong>Shared presets reduce guesswork:</strong> Instead of rebuilding the same border or shadow by hand, you apply the saved preset.</li>
<li><strong>Global edits save time:</strong> Update the preset once, and every element using that preset can follow the change.</li>
<li><strong>Defaults speed up new builds:</strong> When a preset is set as the default for an option group, new elements can start with the right styling already applied.</li>
<li><strong>Reusable libraries support design systems:</strong> Borders and shadows become part of a consistent visual language instead of one-off styling choices.</li>
</ul>
<p>The goal is not to create dozens of presets for every possible situation. The goal is to create a small, clear library you can maintain.</p>
<h2>What Are Option Group Presets In Divi 5?</h2>
<p>Before Option Group Presets, reusable styling in Divi usually meant saving an Element Preset. Element Presets are still useful, but they save the styling for an entire element or module type.</p>
<p>That works when you want a complete Button preset, Blurb preset, or Call To Action preset. It is less useful when you only want to reuse one part of the design.</p>
<p>Option Group Presets solve that. They save a specific option group, such as:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Border</strong></li>
<li><strong>Box Shadow</strong></li>
<li><strong>Spacing</strong></li>
<li><strong>Background</strong></li>
<li><strong>Sizing</strong></li>
<li><strong>Text</strong></li>
<li><strong>Button</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>A Border preset created on a Column can also be applied to a Section, Row, Image module, Group module, or any other element that supports the Border option group. A Box Shadow preset works the same way across elements that expose Box Shadow controls.</p>
<p>That smaller scope is what makes Option Group Presets powerful. You can reuse one styling decision without bringing along every other setting from the original module.</p>
<h3>Where Design Variables Fit In</h3>
<p><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/design-variables">Design Variables</a> store reusable values, such as colors, numbers, fonts, images, and links.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="506" data-mce-fragment="1" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/openvariables-small.mp4" /></video></p>
<p>When you use variables inside a preset, the preset becomes easier to maintain.</p>
<p>For example, a border preset might use:</p>
<ul>
<li>A Color Variable for the border color</li>
<li>A Number Variable for the border width</li>
<li>A Number Variable for the border radius</li>
</ul>
<p>A shadow preset might use:</p>
<ul>
<li>A Color Variable for the shadow color</li>
<li>Number Variables for blur, spread, or vertical position</li>
</ul>
<p>The variable holds the raw value. The preset applies that value to a styling pattern. If the variable changes later, every preset and element referencing it can stay aligned with the updated design system.</p>
<h2>How To Create Reusable Border Presets</h2>
<p>There are two practical ways to create a Border Option Group Preset in Divi 5.</p>
<p>You can create one directly from an element you are already styling, or you can create one from the Preset Manager before applying it to a real element.</p>
<h3>Path 1: Create A Border Preset From An Element</h3>
<p>This path works well when you are already designing in context. You style an element, confirm that it looks right in the layout, then save that Border group as a reusable preset.</p>
<h4>Open An Element And Go To The Design Tab</h4>
<p>Click an element in your layout. A Column is a good example because borders are often used on cards and containers, but the same workflow works for Sections, Rows, Groups, Images, Blurbs, and other elements that include Border settings.</p>
<p>Open the element settings, then click the <strong>Design</strong> tab.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter size-full wp-image-313963" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-finding-the-design-tab-in-Divi-5s-module-settings-panel.jpg" alt="Design tab in a Divi 5 element settings panel" width="1800" height="900" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-finding-the-design-tab-in-Divi-5s-module-settings-panel.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-finding-the-design-tab-in-Divi-5s-module-settings-panel-300x150.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-finding-the-design-tab-in-Divi-5s-module-settings-panel-768x384.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-finding-the-design-tab-in-Divi-5s-module-settings-panel-1536x768.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-finding-the-design-tab-in-Divi-5s-module-settings-panel-610x305.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Scroll to the <strong>Border</strong> option group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter size-full wp-image-313964" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-finding-the-border-option-group-in-Divi-5s-module-design-tab.jpg" alt="Border option group in the Divi 5 Design tab" width="1800" height="900" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-finding-the-border-option-group-in-Divi-5s-module-design-tab.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-finding-the-border-option-group-in-Divi-5s-module-design-tab-300x150.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-finding-the-border-option-group-in-Divi-5s-module-design-tab-768x384.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-finding-the-border-option-group-in-Divi-5s-module-design-tab-1536x768.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-finding-the-border-option-group-in-Divi-5s-module-design-tab-610x305.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Open the group to access border radius, width, color, and style controls.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter size-full wp-image-313969" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-the-border-settings-in-Divi-5s-design-tab.jpg" alt="Border settings in Divi 5" width="1800" height="900" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-the-border-settings-in-Divi-5s-design-tab.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-the-border-settings-in-Divi-5s-design-tab-300x150.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-the-border-settings-in-Divi-5s-design-tab-768x384.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-the-border-settings-in-Divi-5s-design-tab-1536x768.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-the-border-settings-in-Divi-5s-design-tab-610x305.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h4>Set The Border Style</h4>
<p>Start with <strong>Border Radius</strong>. The four corner fields are linked by default, so one value applies to all corners. You can unlink them if the design needs different values for each corner.</p>
<p>Use a Number Variable if your site already has a radius scale.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter size-full wp-image-313971" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-the-design-variables-being-used-for-border-radius-in-Divi-5.jpg" alt="Using a Design Variable for border radius in Divi 5" width="1800" height="900" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-the-design-variables-being-used-for-border-radius-in-Divi-5.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-the-design-variables-being-used-for-border-radius-in-Divi-5-300x150.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-the-design-variables-being-used-for-border-radius-in-Divi-5-768x384.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-the-design-variables-being-used-for-border-radius-in-Divi-5-1536x768.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-the-design-variables-being-used-for-border-radius-in-Divi-5-610x305.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Next, set the border width and color. A Color Variable works well for border color because it keeps the preset connected to your site’s broader color system.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter size-full wp-image-313973" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-design-variables-to-style-the-borders.jpg" alt="Using Design Variables for border settings in Divi 5" width="1800" height="900" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-design-variables-to-style-the-borders.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-design-variables-to-style-the-borders-300x150.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-design-variables-to-style-the-borders-768x384.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-design-variables-to-style-the-borders-1536x768.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-design-variables-to-style-the-borders-610x305.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>By default, width and color apply to all four sides. You can unlink the sides when you need a bottom border, left accent border, top-and-bottom divider, or another directional treatment.</p>
<p>Finally, choose a border style. Solid borders work well for card outlines, image frames, and form fields. Dashed or dotted borders can work for secondary containers, placeholder areas, or decorative separators.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter size-full wp-image-313974" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-available-border-styles-in-Divi-5.jpg" alt="Border style controls in Divi 5" width="1800" height="900" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-available-border-styles-in-Divi-5.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-available-border-styles-in-Divi-5-300x150.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-available-border-styles-in-Divi-5-768x384.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-available-border-styles-in-Divi-5-1536x768.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-available-border-styles-in-Divi-5-610x305.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h4>Save The Border Group As A Preset</h4>
<p>Once the border looks right, hover over the <strong>Border</strong> group header. Click the preset icon that appears.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter size-full wp-image-313984" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-the-assign-presets-option-in-Divi-5.jpg" alt="Assign presets icon on the Border option group in Divi 5" width="1800" height="900" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-the-assign-presets-option-in-Divi-5.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-the-assign-presets-option-in-Divi-5-300x150.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-the-assign-presets-option-in-Divi-5-768x384.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-the-assign-presets-option-in-Divi-5-1536x768.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-the-assign-presets-option-in-Divi-5-610x305.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Choose <strong>New Preset From Current Styles</strong> to save the border settings you just created.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter size-full wp-image-313987" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-the-two-options-presented-on-clicking-on-the-option-group-presets-icon-1.jpg" alt="New preset options for a Divi 5 option group" width="1800" height="900" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-the-two-options-presented-on-clicking-on-the-option-group-presets-icon-1.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-the-two-options-presented-on-clicking-on-the-option-group-presets-icon-1-300x150.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-the-two-options-presented-on-clicking-on-the-option-group-presets-icon-1-768x384.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-the-two-options-presented-on-clicking-on-the-option-group-presets-icon-1-1536x768.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/A-screenshot-of-the-two-options-presented-on-clicking-on-the-option-group-presets-icon-1-610x305.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Give the preset a clear name and save it.</p>
<p>Good preset names describe the style, not only the element where it was created. For example:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Border: Card</strong></li>
<li><strong>Border: Subtle</strong></li>
<li><strong>Border: Divider</strong></li>
<li><strong>Border: Accent Left</strong></li>
<li><strong>Border: Image Frame</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>That naming approach matters because the same preset can be used across different element types.</p>
<h3>Path 2: Create A Border Preset In The Preset Manager</h3>
<p>The second path starts in the <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/preset-manager">Preset Manager</a>. This is useful when you want to define your preset library before styling individual elements.</p>
<p>It is also helpful on collaborative builds. Instead of each person creating borders their own way, the team can pull from the same preset library from the start.</p>
<h4>Open The Preset Manager And Switch To Group Presets</h4>
<p>Click the <strong>Preset Manager</strong> icon in the left sidebar of the Visual Builder.</p>
<p>The Preset Manager gives you a central view of your preset library. Element presets and group presets are managed separately.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="506" data-mce-fragment="1" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/manager-small.mp4" /></video></p>
<p>Go to the <strong>Group</strong> tab. This is where Option Group Presets live, including Border, Box Shadow, Spacing, Background, and other option group presets.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Border</strong> to view or create Border presets.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter size-full wp-image-314047" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-the-border-option-group-in-the-group-tab-of-the-preset-manager.jpg" alt="Border option group presets in the Divi 5 Preset Manager" width="1800" height="900" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-the-border-option-group-in-the-group-tab-of-the-preset-manager.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-the-border-option-group-in-the-group-tab-of-the-preset-manager-300x150.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-the-border-option-group-in-the-group-tab-of-the-preset-manager-768x384.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-the-border-option-group-in-the-group-tab-of-the-preset-manager-1536x768.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-the-border-option-group-in-the-group-tab-of-the-preset-manager-610x305.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h4>Add A New Border Preset</h4>
<p>Click <strong>Add New Preset</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter size-full wp-image-314048" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-the-add-new-preset-button-to-add-a-border-option-group-preset.jpg" alt="Add a new Border option group preset in Divi 5" width="1800" height="900" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-the-add-new-preset-button-to-add-a-border-option-group-preset.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-the-add-new-preset-button-to-add-a-border-option-group-preset-300x150.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-the-add-new-preset-button-to-add-a-border-option-group-preset-768x384.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-the-add-new-preset-button-to-add-a-border-option-group-preset-1536x768.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-the-add-new-preset-button-to-add-a-border-option-group-preset-610x305.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>The Preset Preview panel opens. This lets you edit the preset itself without changing an element on the page.</p>
<p>Set the border radius, width, color, sides, and style. The preview updates as you work, so you can test the preset before applying it to a real element.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter size-full wp-image-314049" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-the-border-styling-being-done-using-the-preset-manager.jpg" alt="Editing a Border preset in the Divi 5 Preset Manager" width="1800" height="900" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-the-border-styling-being-done-using-the-preset-manager.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-the-border-styling-being-done-using-the-preset-manager-300x150.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-the-border-styling-being-done-using-the-preset-manager-768x384.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-the-border-styling-being-done-using-the-preset-manager-1536x768.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-the-border-styling-being-done-using-the-preset-manager-610x305.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>When the preset is ready, name it and save it. It will appear in the Border preset library and can be applied across the site.</p>
<h2>How To Create Reusable Shadow Presets</h2>
<p>Box Shadow presets work the same way as Border presets. You can create them from an element’s settings or from the Preset Manager.</p>
<p>Open an element, go to the <strong>Design</strong> tab, expand <strong>Box Shadow</strong>, set the style, and save the group as an Option Group Preset. Or open the Preset Manager, go to the <strong>Group</strong> tab, choose <strong>Box Shadow</strong>, and create the preset there.</p>
<h3>Start With The Box Shadow Controls</h3>
<p>The Box Shadow group includes built-in shadow options that can be used as starting points.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter size-full wp-image-314062" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-of-the-shadow-presets-provided-by-Divi-5.jpg" alt="Built-in Box Shadow options in Divi 5" width="1800" height="900" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-of-the-shadow-presets-provided-by-Divi-5.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-of-the-shadow-presets-provided-by-Divi-5-300x150.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-of-the-shadow-presets-provided-by-Divi-5-768x384.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-of-the-shadow-presets-provided-by-Divi-5-1536x768.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-of-the-shadow-presets-provided-by-Divi-5-610x305.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>After choosing a starting point, adjust the shadow settings.</p>
<p>The main controls include:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Horizontal Position:</strong> Moves the shadow left or right.</li>
<li><strong>Vertical Position:</strong> Moves the shadow up or down.</li>
<li><strong>Blur Strength:</strong> Controls how soft or sharp the shadow appears.</li>
<li><strong>Spread Strength:</strong> Expands or contracts the shadow.</li>
<li><strong>Shadow Color:</strong> Sets the color and opacity of the shadow.</li>
<li><strong>Box Shadow Position:</strong> Switches between outer and inner shadow behavior.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter size-full wp-image-314063" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-of-the-shadow-settings-provided-by-Divi-5.jpg" alt="Box Shadow settings in Divi 5" width="1800" height="900" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-of-the-shadow-settings-provided-by-Divi-5.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-of-the-shadow-settings-provided-by-Divi-5-300x150.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-of-the-shadow-settings-provided-by-Divi-5-768x384.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-of-the-shadow-settings-provided-by-Divi-5-1536x768.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-of-the-shadow-settings-provided-by-Divi-5-610x305.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Vertical Position and Blur Strength usually do the most visual work. Smaller values feel tighter and more grounded. Larger values make an element feel more lifted.</p>
<p>Spread Strength can help contain the shadow. A negative spread can pull the shadow back so it does not spill too far past the element.</p>
<h3>Use Variables For Shadow Values</h3>
<p>For a maintainable shadow system, connect shadow values to Design Variables where it makes sense.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter size-full wp-image-314064" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-of-design-variables-being-used-as-shadow-settings-values-by-Divi-5.jpg" alt="Using Design Variables inside Box Shadow settings in Divi 5" width="1800" height="900" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-of-design-variables-being-used-as-shadow-settings-values-by-Divi-5.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-of-design-variables-being-used-as-shadow-settings-values-by-Divi-5-300x150.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-of-design-variables-being-used-as-shadow-settings-values-by-Divi-5-768x384.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-of-design-variables-being-used-as-shadow-settings-values-by-Divi-5-1536x768.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-of-design-variables-being-used-as-shadow-settings-values-by-Divi-5-610x305.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>A shadow color variable keeps shadow tone consistent across the site. Opacity matters as much as color here. Most interface shadows work best when they stay subtle.</p>
<p>You can also use Number Variables for values such as blur, spread, or vertical position. This is useful if you want a small shadow scale, such as:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Shadow: Subtle</strong></li>
<li><strong>Shadow: Medium</strong></li>
<li><strong>Shadow: Floating</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Inner shadows should be used more selectively. They can work well for inset form fields, pressed states, toggles, and panels that need a recessed effect.</p>
<h3>Name Shadow Presets By Weight And Context</h3>
<p>Shadow presets are easiest to manage when the name tells you how strong the shadow is.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter size-full wp-image-314066" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-of-shadow-preset-name-in-Divi-5.jpg" alt="Naming a Box Shadow preset in Divi 5" width="1800" height="900" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-of-shadow-preset-name-in-Divi-5.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-of-shadow-preset-name-in-Divi-5-300x150.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-of-shadow-preset-name-in-Divi-5-768x384.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-of-shadow-preset-name-in-Divi-5-1536x768.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-of-shadow-preset-name-in-Divi-5-610x305.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Good examples include:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Shadow: Subtle</strong></li>
<li><strong>Shadow: Medium</strong></li>
<li><strong>Shadow: Floating</strong></li>
<li><strong>Shadow: Inset</strong></li>
<li><strong>Shadow: Dark Section</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>If your site has both light and dark sections, consider separate shadow presets for each context. A shadow that looks soft on a light background may disappear on a dark one, or feel too heavy when the background changes.</p>
<h2>Apply Border And Shadow Presets Across Your Site</h2>
<p>After your presets are saved, applying them is quick.</p>
<p>Open any element that supports the option group, go to the <strong>Design</strong> tab, hover over the <strong>Border</strong> or <strong>Box Shadow</strong> group header, click the preset icon, and choose the preset from the list.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border aligncenter size-full wp-image-314068" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-of-the-option-group-presets-being-used-on-the-website-Divi-5.jpg" alt="Applying Option Group Presets in Divi 5" width="1800" height="900" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-of-the-option-group-presets-being-used-on-the-website-Divi-5.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-of-the-option-group-presets-being-used-on-the-website-Divi-5-300x150.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-of-the-option-group-presets-being-used-on-the-website-Divi-5-768x384.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-of-the-option-group-presets-being-used-on-the-website-Divi-5-1536x768.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/A-screenshot-of-the-option-group-presets-being-used-on-the-website-Divi-5-610x305.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>This can work across different element types because the preset belongs to the option group, not the module. The same Border preset can style a Column, Section, Image, Group, or Blurb when the Border option group is available.</p>
<h3>Use Local Overrides When Needed</h3>
<p>Presets do not prevent one-off adjustments. If a preset sets a 4px border but one element needs 3px, you can override that specific value on the element.</p>
<p>The rest of the preset can stay connected. For example, the color, radius, and border style can remain controlled by the preset while the one element uses its own width value.</p>
<p>Use overrides intentionally. If the same override starts appearing in multiple places, save it as a new preset instead of repeating it by hand.</p>
<h3>Set Defaults For Faster Builds</h3>
<p>If a border or shadow style should be the default for new elements, set it as the default preset.</p>
<p>Defaults are useful for repeated patterns such as:</p>
<ul>
<li>Standard card borders</li>
<li>Default image frames</li>
<li>Form field borders</li>
<li>Subtle section shadows</li>
<li>Default container radius</li>
</ul>
<p>This reduces the number of manual styling decisions you need to make while building new sections.</p>
<h2>Use Border And Shadow Presets Together</h2>
<p>Border and shadow presets work especially well together because they control separate parts of a visual style.</p>
<p>For example:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Border: Card</strong> controls the outline and radius.</li>
<li><strong>Shadow: Subtle</strong> controls depth.</li>
<li><strong>Background: Surface</strong> controls the card background.</li>
<li><strong>Spacing: Card Padding</strong> controls internal spacing.</li>
</ul>
<p>Keeping those decisions separate gives you flexibility. You can use the same border with different shadows, or the same shadow with different border treatments.</p>
<h3>Use Nested Presets For Larger Patterns</h3>
<p><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/nested-option-presets">Nested Presets</a> let smaller Option Group Presets sit inside larger presets or Element Presets.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="506" data-mce-fragment="1" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/options1-small.mp4" /></video></p>
<p>For example, you might create:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Border: Radius Standard</strong></li>
<li><strong>Border: Card Outline</strong></li>
<li><strong>Shadow: Subtle</strong></li>
<li><strong>Element Preset: Card</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>The Element Preset can include the smaller Option Group Presets. When you apply the Card Element Preset, the border and shadow decisions come with it while still staying editable from their own preset sources.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="506" data-mce-fragment="1" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/options2-small.mp4" /></video></p>
<p>This gives you a layered system:</p>
<ul>
<li>Variables hold reusable values.</li>
<li>Option Group Presets apply those values to one group of settings.</li>
<li>Nested Presets combine smaller preset decisions.</li>
<li>Element Presets apply full design patterns to modules.</li>
</ul>
<p>Each layer stays easier to update because it has a clear job.</p>
<h2>Clean Up Existing Border And Shadow Styles</h2>
<p>If a page was built before your preset library existed, it may still contain static values: one-off border colors, inconsistent radius values, or shadow settings that do not match your system.</p>
<p>Divi 5 gives you several tools to clean that up.</p>
<h3>Use Inspector To Audit Existing Styles</h3>
<p>Use the <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/inspector">Inspector</a> when you need to understand what is already on the page.</p>
<p>Right-click a section and choose <strong>Inspect</strong>. You can review applied styles in one place instead of opening every module individually.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="506" data-mce-fragment="1" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/intro-small.mp4" /></video></p>
<p>This is useful when a row of cards looks slightly inconsistent but you do not yet know which border, radius, or shadow values are different.</p>
<h3>Use Find And Replace For Known Values</h3>
<p>Use <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/find-and-replace-for-divi-5">Find And Replace</a> when you already know the exact value you want to replace.</p>
<p>For example, you can replace a static border color with a Color Variable, change a repeated 1px border width to 2px, or update a shadow color that no longer matches your system.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="506" data-mce-fragment="1" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/intro-small-1.mp4" /></video></p>
<p>Use <strong>Only Replace Identical Fields</strong> carefully. It can help prevent a number intended for border radius from being replaced in unrelated fields that happen to use the same value.</p>
<h3>Use Extend Attributes To Copy A Correct Style</h3>
<p>Use <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/extend-attributes">Extend Attributes</a> when one element already looks right and you want matching elements to use the same styling.</p>
<p>Right-click the styled element, choose <strong>Extend Attributes</strong>, then extend the Border option group, Box Shadow option group, or both. Choose the scope and target element types, then apply the change.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="506" data-mce-fragment="1" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/intro-small.mp4" /></video></p>
<p>This is less about finding a value and more about saying: make the rest match this element.</p>
<h2>Update Presets Globally In The Preset Manager</h2>
<p>When you need to change a preset, you do not need to find an element using it first.</p>
<p>Open the <strong>Preset Manager</strong>, go to the <strong>Group</strong> tab, find the Border or Box Shadow preset, and edit it. The Preset Preview system lets you adjust the preset in a safe preview area before saving.</p>
<p>After you save, the change applies to elements using that preset.</p>
<p>The Preset Manager is also useful for organizing your library. You can duplicate a preset to create a variation, set a preset as the default, remove presets that no longer fit, and move your most-used presets where they are easier to find.</p>
<h2>Best Practices For Border And Shadow Presets</h2>
<p>A preset library works best when it stays small, named clearly, and connected to reusable values.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Name by role:</strong> Use names such as <strong>Border: Card</strong> or <strong>Shadow: Subtle</strong> instead of names tied to one module.</li>
<li><strong>Use variables where possible:</strong> Connect colors, radius, width, and shadow values to Design Variables when those values should stay global.</li>
<li><strong>Separate border and shadow decisions:</strong> Keep Border and Box Shadow presets independent unless you intentionally combine them through nesting or an Element Preset.</li>
<li><strong>Create variations intentionally:</strong> A small library of Subtle, Medium, and Strong is easier to manage than ten nearly identical shadows.</li>
<li><strong>Use defaults for repeated patterns:</strong> Set default presets for common card, image, or field treatments.</li>
<li><strong>Audit older pages:</strong> Use Inspector, Find And Replace, and Extend Attributes to bring older static values into your preset system.</li>
<li><strong>Review on light and dark backgrounds:</strong> Borders and shadows can feel very different depending on the section background.</li>
</ul>
<h2>Build A Reusable Border And Shadow System In Divi 5</h2>
<p>Borders and shadows are small details, but they appear everywhere. When they are managed module by module, they become hard to maintain. When they are saved as Option Group Presets in <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/divi-5/">Divi 5</a>, they become part of your design system.</p>
<p>Create a focused preset library, connect repeated values to Design Variables, combine presets when needed, and update them from the Preset Manager when the design changes.</p>
<p>That way, your cards, images, sections, forms, and callouts stay consistent without restyling the same settings again and again.</p>
<div class="inline-elements small-gutters two-column centered"><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/members-area/divi-5/" class="button primary-button">Download Divi 5</a><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/divi-5/" class="button primary-button accent-purple" style="margin-bottom: 16px;">Learn More About Divi 5</a></div>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/how-to-create-reusable-border-and-shadow-presets-in-divi-5">How To Create Reusable Border And Shadow Presets In Divi 5</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog">Elegant Themes Blog</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/how-to-create-reusable-border-and-shadow-presets-in-divi-5/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
		<enclosure url="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/How-To-Create-Reusable-Border-And-Shadow-Presets-In-Divi-5-featured-image.jpg" width="280" type="image/jpg" medium="image" />	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Part 6 Of Mastering Flexbox: Key Tips For Building Responsive Layouts</title>
		<link>https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/part-6-of-mastering-flexbox-key-tips-for-building-responsive-layouts</link>
					<comments>https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/part-6-of-mastering-flexbox-key-tips-for-building-responsive-layouts#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Deanna McLean]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sat, 18 Jul 2026 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Divi Resources]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[divi 5]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Divi 5 Flexbox]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Divi 5 Tutorial]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/?p=316623</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In Part 5 of our Mastering Flexbox series, we showed you how to use Display Order and Wrap Reverse in Divi 5 to create more intentional mobile stacking flows without duplicating sections or writing custom CSS for common reordering patterns. Now, in Part 6, we&#8217;re bringing the workflow together. You&#8217;ve already learned the individual Flexbox [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/part-6-of-mastering-flexbox-key-tips-for-building-responsive-layouts">Part 6 Of Mastering Flexbox: Key Tips For Building Responsive Layouts</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog">Elegant Themes Blog</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/part-5-of-mastering-flexbox-reordering-content-for-better-mobile-layouts">Part 5</a> of our Mastering <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/flexbox">Flexbox</a> series, we showed you how to use <em>Display Order</em> and <em>Wrap Reverse</em> in <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/divi-5/">Divi 5</a> to create more intentional mobile stacking flows without duplicating sections or writing custom CSS for common reordering patterns.</p>
<p>Now, in Part 6, we&#8217;re bringing the workflow together. You&#8217;ve already learned the individual Flexbox controls and layout patterns that make Divi 5 more flexible across breakpoints. In this post, we&#8217;ll cover key tips for combining those tools into cleaner, more maintainable responsive layouts that adapt well across screen sizes.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s dive in.</p>
<h2>Why Responsive Design Feels Different In Divi 5</h2>
<p>Divi 5&#8217;s Flexbox Layout System changes how you can approach responsive design. Instead of relying on duplicate rows, hidden spacers, or custom CSS for every breakpoint issue, you can start with a clean desktop structure and apply targeted adjustments where the layout actually needs to change.</p>
<p>That means fewer duplicate sections, more predictable responsive behavior, and less maintenance over time. <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/customizable-responsive-breakpoints">Customizable Responsive Breakpoints</a> and the <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/responsive-editor">Responsive Editor</a> also make it easier to preview and adjust layouts across different screen sizes, so you can make decisions based on the actual layout instead of guessing.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-responsive-tools.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>The result is a workflow that feels more intentional: build the cleanest structure first, then use Flexbox and responsive controls to refine how it behaves on Tablet, Phone, and any custom breakpoints your project uses.</p>
<h2>Key Tips For Building Responsive Layouts</h2>
<p>Here are eight practical tips to help you combine everything covered so far in the series. Each tip builds on earlier Flexbox controls and focuses on responsive decisions you can apply in real Divi 5 projects.</p>
<h3>1. Start With Clear Content Hierarchy</h3>
<p>One of the most important shifts when building responsive layouts in Divi 5 is planning your content hierarchy before you start styling.</p>
<p>On Desktop, your layout might follow a logical left-to-right flow. On Phone, that same order may not be the best reading experience. Before you build, decide what should appear first on smaller screens: the heading, CTA, image, featured card, form, sidebar content, or something else.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316726 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-Flexbox-tip-1.jpg" alt="Divi 5 Flexbox tip 1" width="1800" height="699" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-Flexbox-tip-1.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-Flexbox-tip-1-300x117.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-Flexbox-tip-1-768x298.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-Flexbox-tip-1-1536x596.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-Flexbox-tip-1-610x237.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Start with a clean desktop source order, then use <em>Display Order</em> at the Tablet or Phone breakpoint only when the mobile flow needs to change. This helps you keep one layout structure instead of duplicating sections for mobile.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316731 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/setting-display-order-in-Divi-5.jpeg" alt="setting display order in Divi 5" width="1800" height="847" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/setting-display-order-in-Divi-5.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/setting-display-order-in-Divi-5-300x141.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/setting-display-order-in-Divi-5-768x361.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/setting-display-order-in-Divi-5-1536x723.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/setting-display-order-in-Divi-5-610x287.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>This planning step prevents many mobile stacking issues before they happen and makes the rest of your responsive decisions easier.</p>
<h3>2. Use Per-Breakpoint Controls Wisely</h3>
<p>Divi 5 gives you responsive control across breakpoints, but that doesn&#8217;t mean every setting needs an override. The best approach is to change settings at Tablet or Phone only when the layout needs different behavior.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316733 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-Flexbox-tip-2.jpg" alt="Divi 5 Flexbox tip 2" width="1800" height="1240" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-Flexbox-tip-2.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-Flexbox-tip-2-300x207.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-Flexbox-tip-2-768x529.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-Flexbox-tip-2-1536x1058.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-Flexbox-tip-2-610x420.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>For example, fluid values like <em>clamp()</em> and reusable values from Divi&#8217;s <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/variable-generator">Variable Generator</a> can often reduce the need for breakpoint-specific spacing or typography overrides.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316735 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/using-clamp-for-spacing.jpeg" alt="using clamp for spacing" width="1800" height="920" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/using-clamp-for-spacing.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/using-clamp-for-spacing-300x153.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/using-clamp-for-spacing-768x393.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/using-clamp-for-spacing-1536x785.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/using-clamp-for-spacing-610x312.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Save breakpoint overrides for structural changes, such as <em>Layout Direction</em>, <em>Layout Wrapping</em>, <em>Column Class</em>, <em>Display Order</em>, <em>Align Items</em>, or gap values when the layout becomes cramped. This keeps your desktop layout cleaner and makes future edits easier to track.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316736 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/mobile-flexbox-settings.jpeg" alt="mobile flexbox settings" width="1800" height="902" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/mobile-flexbox-settings.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/mobile-flexbox-settings-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/mobile-flexbox-settings-768x385.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/mobile-flexbox-settings-1536x770.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/mobile-flexbox-settings-610x306.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h3>3. Build Efficient Structures With Wrap + Column Class</h3>
<p>With Flexbox, you often don&#8217;t need multiple separate rows just to create a multi-line layout. When using <em>Flex</em> as the Layout Style, a single row with <em>Layout Wrapping &gt; Wrap</em> and intentional <em>Column Class</em> settings can handle many responsive card grids, feature sections, and content blocks.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316738 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-Flexbox-tip-3.jpg" alt="Divi 5 Flexbox tip 3" width="1800" height="722" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-Flexbox-tip-3.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-Flexbox-tip-3-300x120.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-Flexbox-tip-3-768x308.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-Flexbox-tip-3-1536x616.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-Flexbox-tip-3-610x245.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>With Wrap enabled, one row can contain six cards and allow them to move onto additional lines. For example, you might use <em>Column Class &gt; 1/3</em> on Desktop, <em>Column Class &gt; 1/2</em> on Tablet, and a Fullwidth structure on Phone when each card needs its own line.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/breakpoint-changes-using-column-class.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>This technique, covered in <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/part-3-of-mastering-flexbox-wrap-vs-no-wrap-structure-templates">Part 3</a> of our Mastering Flexbox course, reduces the number of rows you need to manage and makes future layout edits easier.</p>
<h3>4. Combine Alignment, Gap, And Grow To Fill For Consistent Spacing</h3>
<p>Flexbox becomes most useful when you combine settings instead of relying on a single control. For card layouts, <em>Justify Content &gt; Space Between</em>, <em>Gap</em>, and <em>Grow To Fill</em> can work together to keep content areas balanced when text lengths vary.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316741 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-Flexbox-tip-4.jpg" alt="Divi 5 Flexbox tip 4" width="1800" height="709" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-Flexbox-tip-4.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-Flexbox-tip-4-300x118.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-Flexbox-tip-4-768x303.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-Flexbox-tip-4-1536x605.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-Flexbox-tip-4-610x240.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>This pattern, detailed in <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/part-2-of-mastering-flexbox-creating-equal-height-cards-with-aligned-buttons">Part 2</a>, is especially useful for feature cards, testimonials, pricing tables, team member cards, and other multi-column sections where content length varies but alignment still needs to feel consistent.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/grow-to-fill-in-Divi-5.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<h3>5. Use Module Groups And Nested Modules For Better Control</h3>
<p>One of Divi 5&#8217;s biggest layout advantages is the ability to create smaller Flex containers inside larger layouts using <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/module-groups">Module Groups</a> and <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/nested-modules">Nested Modules</a>.</p>
<p>Instead of trying to control every element from the parent column, wrap related elements, such as a heading and body text or a set of buttons, in their own Module Group. That group becomes its own layout context with independent controls for <em>Layout Direction</em>, <em>Justify Content</em>, <em>Align Items</em>, and <em>Gap</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-316744" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-tip-5.jpg" alt="Flexbox tip 5" width="1800" height="737" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-tip-5.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-tip-5-300x123.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-tip-5-768x314.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-tip-5-1536x629.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Flexbox-tip-5-610x250.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>The button group in the example below can have its own <em>Display Order</em> and breakpoint overrides without affecting the outer column. You can also change spacing, alignment, or Layout Direction inside the group at specific breakpoints while keeping the parent structure intact.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/module-groups-in-Divi-5.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<h3>6. Make Mobile Reordering Part Of Your Workflow</h3>
<p>Treat mobile reordering as a standard review step, not an afterthought. Depending on your layout, you may need to adjust <em>Display Order</em>, <em>Layout Direction</em>, or <em>Layout Wrapping</em> at the Tablet or Phone breakpoint.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316759 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-flexbox-tip-6.jpg" alt="Divi 5 Flexbox tip 6" width="1800" height="530" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-flexbox-tip-6.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-flexbox-tip-6-300x88.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-flexbox-tip-6-768x226.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-flexbox-tip-6-1536x452.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-flexbox-tip-6-610x180.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>By default, content follows the layout&#8217;s source order. In many cases, that works well. In others, a CTA, featured card, image, sidebar, or form needs to appear earlier on smaller screens. Handling these changes with breakpoint-specific controls helps you keep a clean desktop structure while improving mobile flow.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/mobile-reordering-in-Divi-5.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>Once this becomes part of your regular process, mobile stacking issues are easier to catch before a page goes live.</p>
<h3>7. Optimize For Performance, Accessibility, And Maintainability</h3>
<p>Great Flexbox layouts are not only visually clean. They should also be easy to maintain, efficient, and logical for visitors using keyboards or assistive technology.</p>
<p>Start with a source order that makes sense as a reading order. Use <em>Display Order</em> sparingly for visual reordering, and always test the result. Remember that visual order and source order can differ, so keyboard focus and screen reader flow should still feel logical.</p>
<p>It is also good practice to avoid unnecessary nesting. Module Groups and Nested Modules are useful, but every extra container adds complexity. Use as many nested containers as the design needs, but avoid adding groups just to compensate for unclear structure.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-316762" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-flexbox-tip-7.jpg" alt="Divi 5 flexbox tip 7" width="1800" height="619" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-flexbox-tip-7.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-flexbox-tip-7-300x103.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-flexbox-tip-7-768x264.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-flexbox-tip-7-1536x528.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-flexbox-tip-7-610x210.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Finally, save tested Flexbox structures to the Divi Library when you know you&#8217;ll reuse them. For consistent spacing, sizing, and styling across a site, combine those reusable structures with <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/design-variables">Design Variables</a> and <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/preset-based-design">Presets</a>.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/create-presets-for-reusability.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>After saving or publishing, use the <em>Tab</em> key on the live page to check focus order through buttons, links, forms, and other interactive elements. If focus jumps in a confusing way, review the source order, Display Order values, and mobile structure.</p>
<h3>8. Test With Real Content</h3>
<p>Placeholder text and perfectly cropped images can hide responsive issues, so test with realistic content early.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-316767" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-flexbox-tip-8-1.jpg" alt="Divi 5 flexbox tip 8" width="1800" height="438" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-flexbox-tip-8-1.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-flexbox-tip-8-1-300x73.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-flexbox-tip-8-1-768x187.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-flexbox-tip-8-1-1536x374.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-flexbox-tip-8-1-610x148.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>For effective testing, use long headlines, real supporting copy, realistic button labels, real image dimensions, and the longest practical titles you expect to publish. On Tablet, watch for awkward wrapping and cramped gaps. On Phone, check stacking order, tap targets, text overflow, and whether key actions appear early enough.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Test-with-real-content.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>These habits help you catch responsive issues while the layout is still easy to adjust.</p>
<h2>Troubleshooting Tips For Responsive Flexbox</h2>
<p>Even with a solid understanding of Flexbox, a few issues can come up when building responsive layouts in Divi 5. Knowing what to check first can save time.</p>
<h3>Don&#8217;t Overdo It With Display Order</h3>
<p>One common mistake is relying on <em>Display Order</em> to fix every layout issue instead of improving the underlying structure. Display Order is powerful, but using it on too many elements can make future edits harder to understand.</p>
<p>Start with a clean source order, then use Display Order only for items that truly need to move at a specific breakpoint.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/use-display-order-effectively.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<h3>Know The Difference Between Gap And Spacing</h3>
<p>Many layout issues come from using margin or padding to create space between every individual item. In many Flexbox layouts, <em>Horizontal Gap</em> and <em>Vertical Gap</em> are better for spacing between direct child items inside the same parent container. They keep spacing centralized and easier to adjust across breakpoints.</p>
<p>At the <em>Section</em> level, Horizontal Gap may have no visible effect when the section uses a vertical/Column layout direction. <em>Vertical Gap</em> is useful for controlling spacing between multiple rows inside that section.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316788 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/section-gap.jpeg" alt="applying Vertical Gap to sections in Divi 5" width="1800" height="913" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/section-gap.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/section-gap-300x152.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/section-gap-768x390.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/section-gap-1536x779.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/section-gap-610x309.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Apply gaps at the <em>Row</em> level when you want consistent spacing between <em>Columns</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316789 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/row-gap.jpeg" alt="applying Vertical and Horizontal Gap at the row level in Divi 5" width="1800" height="903" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/row-gap.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/row-gap-300x151.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/row-gap-768x385.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/row-gap-1536x771.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/row-gap-610x306.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Apply gaps at the <em>Column</em>, <em>Module Group</em>, or <em>Nested Module</em> level when you want spacing between modules or nested items inside that container.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316790 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/column-gap.jpeg" alt="applying Horizontal and Vertical Gap at the column level in Divi 5" width="1800" height="904" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/column-gap.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/column-gap-300x151.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/column-gap-768x386.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/column-gap-1536x771.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/column-gap-610x306.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>That said, <em>Padding</em> is still useful inside <em>Rows</em>, <em>Columns</em>, and <em>Module Groups</em> when you want breathing room around the content itself.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316791 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/column-padding.jpeg" alt="using padding in Divi 5" width="1800" height="911" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/column-padding.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/column-padding-300x152.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/column-padding-768x389.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/column-padding-1536x777.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/column-padding-610x309.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h3>Use Structure Templates For Quick Responsive Column Changes</h3>
<p>Manually adjusting <em>Column Class</em> on each column works well, but Structure Templates can speed up bigger responsive changes. In the <em>Content</em> tab of a row, use the <em>Apply Structure Template</em> button in the <em>Elements</em> option group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316814 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/apply-structure-template.jpeg" alt="apply structure templates in Divi 5" width="1800" height="898" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/apply-structure-template.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/apply-structure-template-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/apply-structure-template-768x383.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/apply-structure-template-1536x766.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/apply-structure-template-610x304.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>This lets you change a row&#8217;s column structure at a specific breakpoint without manually editing every column one by one.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/applying-structure-templates-in-Divi-5.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>Structure Templates are especially useful in rows with many columns or layouts that need a very different Tablet or Phone structure.</p>
<h3>Avoid Forcing Single-Column Layouts Too Aggressively</h3>
<p>It can be tempting to make every mobile layout a single vertical stack. That can work, but it can also create unnecessarily long pages, especially on Tablet.</p>
<p>In many cases, <em>Layout Wrapping</em> combined with smart <em>Column Class</em> settings lets Flexbox create a more balanced responsive layout. For example, a four-card row may work better as two columns on Tablet and one column on Phone, instead of becoming one long stack too early.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/effective-use-of-column-class.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>Reserve forced single-column structures for layouts where the content truly benefits from a strict vertical reading order.</p>
<h3>Know Where Responsive Settings Live</h3>
<p>One common source of confusion in Divi 5 is that responsive controls can appear in multiple places. You&#8217;ll find the <em>Breakpoint Switcher</em> at the top of the builder, responsive controls inside the settings panel, and responsive value icons next to individual fields.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/responsive-tools-in-Divi-5.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>To reduce guesswork, use the <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/everything-you-need-to-know-about-divi-5s-responsive-editor">Responsive Editor</a>. Click the responsive icon next to a setting to view and manage values across breakpoints in one place. This makes it easier to see what is active on Desktop, Tablet, and Phone.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316830 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/edit-responsive-values-icon.jpg" alt="edit responsive values icon" width="1800" height="908" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/edit-responsive-values-icon.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/edit-responsive-values-icon-300x151.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/edit-responsive-values-icon-768x387.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/edit-responsive-values-icon-1536x775.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/edit-responsive-values-icon-610x308.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h2>Download The Layouts</h2>
<p>To help you practice everything covered in this post, we&#8217;ve prepared a zipped file with example layouts. These include the tip examples, plus a full workflow layout that shows how the techniques work together.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316841 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/all-JSON-files.jpg" alt="all JSON files" width="1800" height="445" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/all-JSON-files.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/all-JSON-files-300x74.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/all-JSON-files-768x190.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/all-JSON-files-1536x380.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/all-JSON-files-610x151.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Go to your WordPress dashboard and navigate to <em>Divi &gt; Divi Library</em>. Then click the <em>Import &amp; Export</em> button at the top.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316145 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Divi-Library-import.jpg" alt="Divi Library import" width="1800" height="873" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Divi-Library-import.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Divi-Library-import-300x146.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Divi-Library-import-768x372.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Divi-Library-import-1536x745.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Divi-Library-import-610x296.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Switch to the <em>Import</em> tab, select a JSON file from your computer, and click <em>Import Divi Builder Layouts</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316844 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-divi-layouts.jpeg" alt="import divi layouts" width="1800" height="880" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-divi-layouts.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-divi-layouts-300x147.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-divi-layouts-768x375.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-divi-layouts-1536x751.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-divi-layouts-610x298.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Once the files are imported, open a page in the Visual Builder or create a new one. To import a single section, click the <em>blue + icon</em> on the Canvas.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316451 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-new-section-to-Divi-.jpg" alt="add new section to Divi" width="1800" height="727" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-new-section-to-Divi-.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-new-section-to-Divi--300x121.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-new-section-to-Divi--768x310.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-new-section-to-Divi--1536x620.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-new-section-to-Divi--610x246.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Select the <em>Add From Library</em> tab, choose the layout you want to use, and click <em>Use This Section</em> to load it onto the page.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/add-a-section-to-Divi-5.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>For the full page layout, select the <em>Workspace</em> icon in the Builder Bar, enable <em>Export &amp; Import</em> under <em>Page Bar Icons</em>, and click the <em>Export &amp; Import</em> icon in the top bar.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/enable-export-import.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>Switch to the <em>Import</em> tab, choose the <em>Key Tips For Building Responsive Layouts &#8211; Full Page.json</em> file from your computer, make sure <em>Replace Existing Content</em> is checked, and click <em>Import Layout</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316850 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-full-page-layout.jpeg" alt="import full page layout" width="1800" height="727" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-full-page-layout.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-full-page-layout-300x121.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-full-page-layout-768x310.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-full-page-layout-1536x620.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/import-full-page-layout-610x246.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<div class="et_bloom_locked_container et_bloom_optin_1" data-page_id="316623" data-optin_id="optin_1" data-list_id="mailchimp_c886a2fc0a" data-current_optin_id="optin_1">
					<div class="et_bloom_locked_content" style="display: none;">
						<a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Divi-5-Flexbox-Tips.zip" class="button inline-button primary-button" rel=" ">Download the Files</a>
					</div>
					<div class="et_bloom_locked_form">
						<div class="et_bloom_inline_form et_bloom_optin et_bloom_make_form_visible et_bloom_optin_1" style="display: none;">
				<style type="text/css">.et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_content { background-color: #4843d2 !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container .et_bloom_form_header { background-color: #ffffff !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .carrot_edge .et_bloom_form_content:before { border-top-color: #ffffff !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .carrot_edge.et_bloom_form_right .et_bloom_form_content:before, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .carrot_edge.et_bloom_form_left .et_bloom_form_content:before { border-top-color: transparent !important; border-left-color: #ffffff !important; }
						@media only screen and ( max-width: 767px ) {.et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .carrot_edge.et_bloom_form_right .et_bloom_form_content:before { border-top-color: #ffffff !important; border-left-color: transparent !important; }.et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .carrot_edge.et_bloom_form_left .et_bloom_form_content:after { border-bottom-color: #ffffff !important; border-left-color: transparent !important; }
						}.et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_content button { background-color: #f92c8b !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_content .et_bloom_fields i { color: #f92c8b !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_content .et_bloom_custom_field_radio i:before { background: #f92c8b !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_border_solid { border-color: #f7f9fb !important } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_content button { background-color: #f92c8b !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container h2, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container h2 span, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container h2 strong { font-family: "Open Sans", Helvetica, Arial, Lucida, sans-serif; }.et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container p, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container p span, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container p strong, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container form input, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container form button span { font-family: "Open Sans", Helvetica, Arial, Lucida, sans-serif; } p.et_bloom_popup_input { padding-bottom: 0 !important;}</style>
				<div class="et_bloom_form_container  with_edge carrot_edge et_bloom_border_solid et_bloom_rounded et_bloom_form_text_light et_bloom_form_bottom et_bloom_inline_1_field">
					
			<div class="et_bloom_form_container_wrapper clearfix">
				<div class="et_bloom_header_outer">
					<div class="et_bloom_form_header split et_bloom_header_text_dark">
						<img decoding="async" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/plugins/bloom/images/premade-image-06.png" alt="Download For Free" class=" et_bloom_image_slideup et_bloom_image">
						<div class="et_bloom_form_text">
						<h2>Download For Free</h2><p>Join the Divi Newsletter and we will email you a copy of the ultimate Divi Landing Page Layout Pack, plus tons of other amazing and free Divi resources, tips and tricks. Follow along and you will be a Divi master in no time. <em>If you are already subscribed simply type in your email address below and click download to access the layout pack.</em></p>
					</div>
						
					</div>
				</div>
				<div class="et_bloom_form_content et_bloom_1_field et_bloom_bottom_inline">
					
					
					<form method="post" class="clearfix">
						<div class="et_bloom_fields">
							
							<p class="et_bloom_popup_input et_bloom_subscribe_email">
								<input placeholder="Enter your email address">
							</p>
							
							<button data-optin_id="optin_1" data-service="mailchimp" data-list_id="c886a2fc0a" data-page_id="316623" data-account="Divi Daily" data-ip_address="true" class="et_bloom_submit_subscription et_bloom_submit_subscription_locked">
								<span class="et_bloom_subscribe_loader"></span>
								<span class="et_bloom_button_text et_bloom_button_text_color_light">DOWNLOAD</span>
							</button>
						</div>
					</form>
					<div class="et_bloom_success_container">
						<span class="et_bloom_success_checkmark"></span>
					</div>
					<h2 class="et_bloom_success_message">You have successfully subscribed. Please check your email address to confirm your subscription and get access to free weekly Divi layout packs!</h2>
					
				</div>
			</div>
			<span class="et_bloom_close_button"></span>
				</div>
			</div>
					</div>
				</div>
<h2>Master Responsive Layouts With Divi 5</h2>
<p>You no longer need extra rows, hidden spacers, or custom CSS for many common responsive layout patterns. With <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/divi-5/">Divi 5</a>&#8216;s Flexbox tools and the tips in this post, you can build layouts that adapt across breakpoints while staying easier to maintain.</p>
<p>In Part 7 Of Mastering Flexbox: Building Flexible Button, Menu, And Link Rows, we&#8217;ll focus on compact, responsive navigation elements, button groups, tag clouds, and link rows that work across different screen sizes.</p>
<p>Download Divi 5, import the example layouts, and start applying these responsive techniques. Drop a comment below and let us know which tip was most helpful, or what responsive challenge you&#8217;re still working through.</p>
<div class="inline-elements small-gutters two-column centered"><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/members-area/divi-5/" class="button primary-button">Download Divi 5</a><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/divi-5/" class="button primary-button accent-purple" style="margin-bottom: 16px;">Learn More About Divi 5</a></div>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/part-6-of-mastering-flexbox-key-tips-for-building-responsive-layouts">Part 6 Of Mastering Flexbox: Key Tips For Building Responsive Layouts</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog">Elegant Themes Blog</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/part-6-of-mastering-flexbox-key-tips-for-building-responsive-layouts/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
		<enclosure url="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/divi-5-flexbox-part-6-ft-img-3.jpg" width="280" type="image/jpg" medium="image" />	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Part 5 Of Mastering Flexbox: Reordering Content For Better Mobile Layouts</title>
		<link>https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/part-5-of-mastering-flexbox-reordering-content-for-better-mobile-layouts</link>
					<comments>https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/part-5-of-mastering-flexbox-reordering-content-for-better-mobile-layouts#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Deanna McLean]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 17 Jul 2026 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Divi Resources]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[divi 5]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Divi 5 Flexbox]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Divi 5 Tutorial]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/?p=316480</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In Part 4 of our Mastering Flexbox series, we showed you how to align content without hidden spacers or custom CSS by using Justify Content, Align Items, Grow To Fill, Module Groups, and Nested Modules. Now it&#8217;s time to solve another common responsive layout challenge: mobile stacking order. On desktop, a complex layout can look [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/part-5-of-mastering-flexbox-reordering-content-for-better-mobile-layouts">Part 5 Of Mastering Flexbox: Reordering Content For Better Mobile Layouts</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog">Elegant Themes Blog</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/part-4-of-mastering-flexbox-aligning-content-without-spacers-or-custom-css">Part 4</a> of our Mastering <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/flexbox">Flexbox</a> series, we showed you how to align content without hidden spacers or custom CSS by using <em>Justify Content</em>, <em>Align Items</em>, <em>Grow To Fill</em>, <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/module-groups">Module Groups</a>, and <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/nested-modules">Nested Modules</a>.</p>
<p>Now it&#8217;s time to solve another common responsive layout challenge: mobile stacking order. On desktop, a complex layout can look polished and intentional. But when that same layout stacks on mobile, the default order may not create the best reading flow. Images can stack above the wrong text, key CTAs can appear too low, featured cards can lose priority, and the overall rhythm can feel off.</p>
<p>Divi 5&#8217;s Flexbox Layout System gives you visual controls for reordering content across breakpoints. With <em>Display Order</em>, and in some cases <em>Wrap Reverse</em>, you can improve the mobile experience inside the Visual Builder without duplicating sections or writing custom CSS for common reordering patterns.</p>
<p>In this part, you&#8217;ll learn how to fix common mobile stacking problems, create more intentional mobile-first flows, and maintain stronger visual hierarchy across breakpoints.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s dive in.</p>
<h2>Why Mobile Reordering Matters</h2>
<p>On desktop, carefully designed layouts often rely on side-by-side relationships. Images and text alternate, supporting content sits beside key messages, and featured elements are positioned for visual balance.</p>
<p>On mobile, those same elements usually stack vertically. Divi follows the source order of the layout, so the element that appears first in the structure usually appears first on smaller screens. That can create issues such as:</p>
<ul>
<li>Images stacking above other images instead of pairing with their related text.</li>
<li>Important CTAs appearing below long sections of supporting content.</li>
<li>Featured cards appearing after less important cards.</li>
<li>Mobile layouts that feel visually disconnected from the desktop design.</li>
</ul>
<p>These issues affect more than aesthetics. Poor mobile ordering can make a page harder to scan, slow down decision-making, and push important actions farther down the screen. Visitors on phones need a logical flow that presents the most relevant information at the right moment.</p>
<p>Divi 5 lets you correct these issues without creating duplicate sections for mobile. With Flexbox ordering controls, you can adjust the mobile experience while keeping one cleaner layout structure.</p>
<h2>Core Reordering Features In Divi 5</h2>
<p>Divi 5 gives you a few important tools for controlling content order across breakpoints. The main one is <em>Display Order</em>. <em>Wrap Reverse</em> can also help in specific wrapped layouts, especially when you want to change how wrapped lines stack.</p>
<h3>Display Order</h3>
<p>The primary tool for reordering content is <em>Display Order</em>, located in the <em>Content</em> tab under the <em>Order</em> option group. You can use it on flex items such as columns, modules, rows, and <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/everything-you-need-to-know-about-divi-5-module-groups">Module Groups</a>, depending on the parent layout context.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316606 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/using-display-order-in-Divi-5.jpeg" alt="using display order in Divi 5" width="1800" height="920" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/using-display-order-in-Divi-5.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/using-display-order-in-Divi-5-300x153.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/using-display-order-in-Divi-5-768x393.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/using-display-order-in-Divi-5-1536x785.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/using-display-order-in-Divi-5-610x312.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Lower numbers appear earlier in the visual order, while higher numbers appear later. The default value is <em>0</em>. You can use negative numbers, such as <em>-1</em>, to pull an element earlier, or positive numbers to move an element later in the visual order.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="506" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/positive-and-negative-display-order-values.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>In most cases, adjust <em>Display Order</em> at the Tablet and Phone breakpoints while leaving Desktop at its default source order. This keeps your desktop structure easier to maintain while giving you targeted control on smaller screens.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316609 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/table-and-mobile-breakpoints.jpeg" alt="tablet and mobile breakpoints" width="1800" height="909" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/table-and-mobile-breakpoints.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/table-and-mobile-breakpoints-300x152.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/table-and-mobile-breakpoints-768x388.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/table-and-mobile-breakpoints-1536x776.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/table-and-mobile-breakpoints-610x308.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h3>Wrap Reverse</h3>
<p><em>Wrap Reverse</em> is useful when working with wrapped content. Instead of new flex lines stacking in the normal cross-axis direction, Wrap Reverse places wrapped lines in the opposite direction. This does not replace Display Order for precise item-by-item reordering, but it can help with certain responsive patterns where an entire wrapped line should move visually.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="506" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/using-wrap-reverse.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<h2>Mobile Reordering Examples</h2>
<p>Below are six examples that show how to solve common mobile stacking problems using Divi 5&#8217;s Flexbox reordering controls. Each example explains the desktop goal, the mobile issue, and the targeted adjustment that improves the mobile flow.</p>
<h3>1. Hero Section</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316541 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Example-1-Hero.jpg" alt="Flexbox mobile reordering example 1" width="1800" height="1080" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Example-1-Hero.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Example-1-Hero-300x180.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Example-1-Hero-768x461.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Example-1-Hero-1536x922.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Example-1-Hero-610x366.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p><strong>Goal:</strong> Create a classic two-column hero layout with an image on the left and the headline, description, and CTAs on the right on desktop, while making sure the main message appears first on mobile.</p>
<p><strong>The Problem On Mobile:</strong> By default, Divi stacks columns according to their source order. If the image column comes first, mobile visitors may see a large image before they see the headline, supporting text, or CTA buttons. This delays the page&#8217;s main message.</p>
<p><strong>The Solution:</strong> Use <em>Display Order</em> to set the content column to <em>-1</em> at the <em>Phone</em> breakpoint. This pulls the content column above the image on mobile while leaving the desktop layout unchanged.</p>
<h4>Why Put Content Above The Image On Mobile?</h4>
<p>On phones, space is limited and users scan quickly. Showing the heading and value proposition first helps visitors understand the page before they commit to scrolling. Placing CTA buttons higher can also make the next action easier to find.</p>
<h3>2. Footer</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316575 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Wrap-Reverse-example-footer.jpeg" alt="Wrap Reverse example footer" width="1800" height="1080" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Wrap-Reverse-example-footer.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Wrap-Reverse-example-footer-300x180.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Wrap-Reverse-example-footer-768x461.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Wrap-Reverse-example-footer-1536x922.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Wrap-Reverse-example-footer-610x366.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p><strong>Goal:</strong> Create a four-column footer on desktop, such as Company, Products, Resources, and Contact &amp; Support, while making sure the Contact column appears higher on mobile.</p>
<p><strong>The Problem On Mobile:</strong> When footer columns stack on smaller screens, the Contact &amp; Support column may end up last. This can force mobile users to scroll through less urgent link groups before reaching phone numbers, email links, or support options.</p>
<p><strong>The Solution:</strong> Enable <em>Layout Wrapping &gt; Wrap</em> on Tablet. Then, on the Phone breakpoint, switch to <em>Wrap Reverse</em>. This changes how the wrapped columns stack, allowing the last column to move higher in the mobile flow without manually assigning Display Order values to every column.</p>
<h4>Why Use Wrap Reverse Here?</h4>
<p>Wrap Reverse is useful when the main issue is line-level stacking rather than precise individual ordering. For footers, it can be a low-maintenance way to bring later columns, such as contact details, higher on smaller screens while keeping the desktop footer structure intact.</p>
<h3>3. Alternating Image-Text Rows</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316543 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Example-2-Alternating-Image–Text-Rows.jpg" alt="Alternating Image-Text Rows" width="1800" height="1080" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Example-2-Alternating-Image–Text-Rows.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Example-2-Alternating-Image–Text-Rows-300x180.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Example-2-Alternating-Image–Text-Rows-768x461.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Example-2-Alternating-Image–Text-Rows-1536x922.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Example-2-Alternating-Image–Text-Rows-610x366.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p><strong>Goal:</strong> Maintain an alternating layout on desktop, such as image left/text right followed by text left/image right, while creating a consistent mobile flow.</p>
<p><strong>The Problem On Mobile:</strong> With alternating rows, the default stacking behavior can create inconsistent mobile sequences. The first row may stack image first, while the second row stacks text first because its desktop source order is reversed. This can make the mobile layout feel uneven.</p>
<p><strong>The Solution:</strong> On the second row, set the image column&#8217;s <em>Display Order</em> to <em>-1</em> at the <em>Phone</em> breakpoint. This pulls the image above the text on mobile while keeping the desktop alternating layout unchanged.</p>
<h4>Why Put The Image Above Text On Mobile?</h4>
<p>For supporting content sections, images can act as visual anchors that introduce each topic. A consistent image-first pattern can make repeated sections easier to scan. This is different from a hero section, where the headline and CTA usually deserve priority.</p>
<h3>4. Featured Card Grid</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316545 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Example-3-Card-Grid.jpg" alt="example 3 - priority reordering in a card grid" width="1800" height="1080" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Example-3-Card-Grid.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Example-3-Card-Grid-300x180.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Example-3-Card-Grid-768x461.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Example-3-Card-Grid-1536x922.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Example-3-Card-Grid-610x366.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p><strong>Goal:</strong> Create a balanced three-column card grid on desktop with a featured card in the middle, while making sure the featured card appears first on mobile.</p>
<p><strong>The Problem On Mobile:</strong> On desktop, the featured card may sit in the center for visual balance. When the columns stack on mobile, the first card in the source order appears first, pushing the featured card into the second position.</p>
<p><strong>The Solution:</strong> Set the middle column, which contains the featured card, to <em>Display Order &gt; -1</em> at the Tablet and Phone breakpoints. This moves the featured card to the top of the mobile stack while keeping the desktop grid unchanged.</p>
<h4>Why Put The Featured Card First On Mobile?</h4>
<p>On mobile, users see one card at a time. If one card highlights a key offer, main benefit, or most important option, placing it first gives it immediate visibility and supports a clearer hierarchy.</p>
<h3>5. Sidebar Layout</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316546 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Example-4-Sidebar-Layout.jpg" alt="Example 4 - Sidebar Layout" width="1800" height="1080" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Example-4-Sidebar-Layout.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Example-4-Sidebar-Layout-300x180.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Example-4-Sidebar-Layout-768x461.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Example-4-Sidebar-Layout-1536x922.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Example-4-Sidebar-Layout-610x366.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p><strong>Goal:</strong> Create a two-column layout with main content on the left and a sidebar on the right on desktop, while making sure high-value sidebar content appears earlier on mobile.</p>
<p><strong>The Problem On Mobile:</strong> By default, Divi stacks columns in source order. If the main content column appears first, the sidebar may be pushed far down the mobile page, even if it contains important CTAs, forms, or opt-ins.</p>
<p><strong>The Solution:</strong> Set the <em>sidebar column&#8217;s Display Order</em> to <em>-1</em> at the Tablet and Phone breakpoints. This moves the sidebar above the main content on smaller screens. Inside the sidebar, set the <em>email opt-in Module Group</em> to <em>Display Order &gt; -1</em> so it appears at the top of the sidebar content.</p>
<h4>Why Put The Sidebar First On Mobile?</h4>
<p>Sidebars often contain high-value actions, such as newsletter signups, contact forms, or promotional CTAs. Moving the sidebar higher can make those actions more visible before users scroll through a long article or page.</p>
<h4>Why Move The Email Opt-In To The Top Of The Sidebar?</h4>
<p>The email opt-in is often one of the most important actions in a sidebar. Moving it to the top creates an earlier opportunity for engagement while preserving the desktop layout.</p>
<h3>6. Call To Action + Blurbs</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316548 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Example-5-CTA.jpeg" alt="Example 5 - CTA" width="1800" height="1080" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Example-5-CTA.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Example-5-CTA-300x180.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Example-5-CTA-768x461.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Example-5-CTA-1536x922.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Example-5-CTA-610x366.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p><strong>Goal:</strong> Create a section with a headline row, three feature blurbs, and a prominent button group on desktop, while bringing the CTA buttons higher on mobile.</p>
<p><strong>The Problem On Mobile:</strong> If Divi stacks rows in source order, users see the headline, then the blurbs, and only then reach the CTA buttons. On mobile, this can place the primary action too far down the page.</p>
<p><strong>The Solution:</strong> Use <em>Display Order</em> at the row level instead of only at the column level. For mobile, reorder the three rows like this:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Row 1, Headline + copy:</strong> Display Order &gt; 0</li>
<li><strong>Row 3, Buttons:</strong> Display Order &gt; 0</li>
<li><strong>Row 2, Blurbs:</strong> Display Order &gt; 1</li>
</ul>
<p>This moves the button row directly after the headline on mobile without changing the desktop layout.</p>
<h4>Why This Works</h4>
<p>For conversion-focused sections, users should see the primary action early. Moving the buttons directly after the headline gives mobile visitors a clearer path to action, while the blurbs still provide supporting information afterward.</p>
<h2>Step-By-Step Build Walkthrough</h2>
<p>Now that you&#8217;ve seen how Display Order and Wrap Reverse can improve mobile layouts, let&#8217;s build a simple three-column section. On Desktop, the columns sit side by side. On Tablet, the CTA moves higher. On Phone, you can choose the order that best supports the content hierarchy.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316612 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/step-by-step-tutorial.jpeg" alt="display order step by step tutorial" width="1800" height="1080" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/step-by-step-tutorial.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/step-by-step-tutorial-300x180.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/step-by-step-tutorial-768x461.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/step-by-step-tutorial-1536x922.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/step-by-step-tutorial-610x366.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h3>Step 1: Create The Desktop Layout</h3>
<p>Add a three-column row to a page in the Visual Builder. Set the <em>Vertical Gap</em> and <em>Horizontal Gap</em> to <em>25px</em>, then leave the remaining layout settings at their defaults unless your design needs additional adjustments.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316578 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/new-three-column-row-with-gaps.jpg" alt="adding a three column row to Divi 5" width="1800" height="899" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/new-three-column-row-with-gaps.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/new-three-column-row-with-gaps-300x150.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/new-three-column-row-with-gaps-768x384.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/new-three-column-row-with-gaps-1536x767.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/new-three-column-row-with-gaps-610x305.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Add an image to the left column, supporting text to the middle column, and a CTA to the third column.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316584 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/styled-three-column-row.jpg" alt="styled three column row" width="1800" height="916" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/styled-three-column-row.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/styled-three-column-row-300x153.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/styled-three-column-row-768x391.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/styled-three-column-row-1536x782.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/styled-three-column-row-610x310.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h3>Step 2: Adjust Column Classes On Tablet</h3>
<p>At the top of the builder, click the Tablet icon in the Responsive Breakpoint switcher. Any settings you change from this point forward apply to the Tablet breakpoint, while the Desktop layout remains unchanged.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316585 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/tablet-breakpoint.jpeg" alt="tablet breakpoint in Divi 5" width="1800" height="883" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/tablet-breakpoint.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/tablet-breakpoint-300x147.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/tablet-breakpoint-768x377.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/tablet-breakpoint-1536x753.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/tablet-breakpoint-610x299.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Next, adjust the number of columns shown at the Tablet breakpoint. Open each column and assign a <em>Column Class</em>, such as <em>1/2</em> for the first two columns and <em>Fullwidth</em> for the third column.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="506" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/setting-a-column-class.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<h3>Step 3: Enable Layout Wrapping</h3>
<p>Next, enable <em>Layout Wrapping</em> at the Tablet breakpoint. Without wrapping, the Column Class settings may not break into multiple lines as expected when the available width changes.</p>
<p>In the row&#8217;s <em>Design</em> tab, open the <em>Layout</em> option group and set <em>Layout Wrapping</em> to <em>Wrap</em>. This allows the columns to move onto additional lines.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316587 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/layout-wrapping.jpg" alt="layout wrapping in Divi 5" width="1800" height="903" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/layout-wrapping.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/layout-wrapping-300x151.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/layout-wrapping-768x385.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/layout-wrapping-1536x771.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/layout-wrapping-610x306.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h3>Step 4: Set The Display Order</h3>
<p>While still on the <em>Tablet</em> breakpoint, select column 3, which contains the CTA. In the column&#8217;s <em>Content</em> tab, go to <em>Order &gt; Display Order</em> and enter <em>-1</em>.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="506" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/change-display-order.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>Setting Display Order to <em>-1</em> pulls the CTA column earlier in the visual order at the Tablet breakpoint. This gives the call to action higher visibility without changing the desktop source order.</p>
<h3>Step 5: Switch To The Phone Breakpoint</h3>
<p>After making changes at the Tablet breakpoint, switch to the Phone breakpoint.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316592 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/phone-breakpoint-in-Divi-5.jpeg" alt="phone breakpoint in Divi 5" width="1800" height="904" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/phone-breakpoint-in-Divi-5.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/phone-breakpoint-in-Divi-5-300x151.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/phone-breakpoint-in-Divi-5-768x386.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/phone-breakpoint-in-Divi-5-1536x771.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/phone-breakpoint-in-Divi-5-610x306.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Review how the section stacks on Phone. Divi 5&#8217;s responsive controls let you make additional Phone-specific adjustments when the ideal mobile order differs from Tablet.</p>
<p>If you want the image to appear first on Phone while keeping the CTA higher on Tablet, adjust the <em>third column</em>, the CTA column, to <em>Display Order &gt; 2</em> at the Phone breakpoint.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316600 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/phone-breakpoint-display-order.jpeg" alt="phone breakpoint display order" width="1800" height="911" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/phone-breakpoint-display-order.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/phone-breakpoint-display-order-300x152.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/phone-breakpoint-display-order-768x389.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/phone-breakpoint-display-order-1536x777.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/phone-breakpoint-display-order-610x309.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>When you cycle through all breakpoints, each breakpoint displays the CTA in the order you specified.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="506" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/reordering-on-multiple-breakpoints.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<h2>Responsive Best Practices And Tips</h2>
<p>Now that you know how to reorder content with Flexbox in Divi 5, here are practical tips to help you use these tools effectively while keeping layouts clean and easier to maintain.</p>
<h3>Set Display Order Values At The Breakpoint Level</h3>
<p>Avoid changing the order on Desktop unless the desktop design specifically requires it. Make most reordering adjustments at the Tablet or Phone breakpoint using Divi&#8217;s <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/customizable-responsive-breakpoints">Customizable Responsive Breakpoints</a> and/or the <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/responsive-editor">Responsive Editor</a>. This keeps your desktop layout governed by clean source order while allowing targeted mobile changes.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="506" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/customizable-responsive-breakpoints-1.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<h3>Use Negative Values When Appropriate</h3>
<p>When an important element, such as a featured card or primary CTA, needs to appear earlier on mobile, set its <em>Display Order</em> to <em>-1</em>. This is usually cleaner than assigning large positive numbers to every other item. Negative values clearly mark the item that should move earlier.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316594 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/negative-display-order-values.jpeg" alt="negative display order values" width="1800" height="903" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/negative-display-order-values.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/negative-display-order-values-300x151.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/negative-display-order-values-768x385.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/negative-display-order-values-1536x771.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/negative-display-order-values-610x306.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h3>Only Reorder Elements That Need It</h3>
<p>Every flex item starts with the same default order value. You usually only need to adjust the items you want to move. Reordering every column creates unnecessary maintenance work and makes future troubleshooting harder.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="506" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/only-reorder-elements-that-need-it.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<h3>Reorder Based On Content Hierarchy, Not Just Appearance</h3>
<p>The strongest reason to change order on mobile is to improve the visitor&#8217;s flow through the page. Prioritize key messages, calls to action, featured cards, opt-ins, or visual anchors based on what the user needs to see first. Every reordering decision should support the mobile content hierarchy, not just mirror a desktop design pattern.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="506" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/reorder-based-on-hierarchy.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<h2>Download The Layouts</h2>
<p>To make the workflow easier to explore, we&#8217;ve created a zipped folder containing the section layouts used in this post. These are the finished, reordered versions, so you can inspect how <em>Display Order</em>, <em>Layout Wrapping</em>, and <em>Wrap Reverse</em> work together across breakpoints.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316617 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/reordering-JSON-files.jpg" alt="JSON files" width="1800" height="426" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/reordering-JSON-files.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/reordering-JSON-files-300x71.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/reordering-JSON-files-768x182.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/reordering-JSON-files-1536x364.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/reordering-JSON-files-610x144.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>To use them, fill out the form below to access the files. Then go to <em>Divi &gt; Divi Library</em> and click the <em>Import &amp; Export</em> button.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316279 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/import-export-Divi-library-layouts.jpg" alt="import &amp; export Divi library layouts" width="1800" height="874" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/import-export-Divi-library-layouts.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/import-export-Divi-library-layouts-300x146.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/import-export-Divi-library-layouts-768x373.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/import-export-Divi-library-layouts-1536x746.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/import-export-Divi-library-layouts-610x296.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Switch to the <em>Import</em> tab, choose a JSON file to upload, and click <em>Import Divi Builder Layouts</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-316618" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/import-divi-builder-layouts-1.jpeg" alt="import divi builder layouts" width="1800" height="853" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/import-divi-builder-layouts-1.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/import-divi-builder-layouts-1-300x142.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/import-divi-builder-layouts-1-768x364.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/import-divi-builder-layouts-1-1536x728.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/import-divi-builder-layouts-1-610x289.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Next, create a new page or open an existing one in the Visual Builder. Click the <em>blue + icon</em> to add a new section to the page.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316451 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-new-section-to-Divi-.jpg" alt="add new section to Divi" width="1800" height="727" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-new-section-to-Divi-.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-new-section-to-Divi--300x121.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-new-section-to-Divi--768x310.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-new-section-to-Divi--1536x620.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-new-section-to-Divi--610x246.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Choose <em>Add From Library</em>, select a layout, and click <em>Use This Section</em>.</p>
<p><video class="et-video-loop card" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="506" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/import-a-divi-library-layout.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<div class="et_bloom_locked_container et_bloom_optin_1" data-page_id="316480" data-optin_id="optin_1" data-list_id="mailchimp_c886a2fc0a" data-current_optin_id="optin_1">
					<div class="et_bloom_locked_content" style="display: none;">
						<a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Reordering-Content-For-Better-Mobile-Layouts.zip" class="button inline-button primary-button" rel=" ">Download the Files</a>
					</div>
					<div class="et_bloom_locked_form">
						<div class="et_bloom_inline_form et_bloom_optin et_bloom_make_form_visible et_bloom_optin_1" style="display: none;">
				<style type="text/css">.et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_content { background-color: #4843d2 !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container .et_bloom_form_header { background-color: #ffffff !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .carrot_edge .et_bloom_form_content:before { border-top-color: #ffffff !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .carrot_edge.et_bloom_form_right .et_bloom_form_content:before, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .carrot_edge.et_bloom_form_left .et_bloom_form_content:before { border-top-color: transparent !important; border-left-color: #ffffff !important; }
						@media only screen and ( max-width: 767px ) {.et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .carrot_edge.et_bloom_form_right .et_bloom_form_content:before { border-top-color: #ffffff !important; border-left-color: transparent !important; }.et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .carrot_edge.et_bloom_form_left .et_bloom_form_content:after { border-bottom-color: #ffffff !important; border-left-color: transparent !important; }
						}.et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_content button { background-color: #f92c8b !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_content .et_bloom_fields i { color: #f92c8b !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_content .et_bloom_custom_field_radio i:before { background: #f92c8b !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_border_solid { border-color: #f7f9fb !important } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_content button { background-color: #f92c8b !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container h2, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container h2 span, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container h2 strong { font-family: "Open Sans", Helvetica, Arial, Lucida, sans-serif; }.et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container p, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container p span, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container p strong, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container form input, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container form button span { font-family: "Open Sans", Helvetica, Arial, Lucida, sans-serif; } p.et_bloom_popup_input { padding-bottom: 0 !important;}</style>
				<div class="et_bloom_form_container  with_edge carrot_edge et_bloom_border_solid et_bloom_rounded et_bloom_form_text_light et_bloom_form_bottom et_bloom_inline_1_field">
					
			<div class="et_bloom_form_container_wrapper clearfix">
				<div class="et_bloom_header_outer">
					<div class="et_bloom_form_header split et_bloom_header_text_dark">
						<img decoding="async" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/plugins/bloom/images/premade-image-06.png" alt="Download For Free" class=" et_bloom_image_slideup et_bloom_image">
						<div class="et_bloom_form_text">
						<h2>Download For Free</h2><p>Join the Divi Newsletter and we will email you a copy of the ultimate Divi Landing Page Layout Pack, plus tons of other amazing and free Divi resources, tips and tricks. Follow along and you will be a Divi master in no time. <em>If you are already subscribed simply type in your email address below and click download to access the layout pack.</em></p>
					</div>
						
					</div>
				</div>
				<div class="et_bloom_form_content et_bloom_1_field et_bloom_bottom_inline">
					
					
					<form method="post" class="clearfix">
						<div class="et_bloom_fields">
							
							<p class="et_bloom_popup_input et_bloom_subscribe_email">
								<input placeholder="Enter your email address">
							</p>
							
							<button data-optin_id="optin_1" data-service="mailchimp" data-list_id="c886a2fc0a" data-page_id="316480" data-account="Divi Daily" data-ip_address="true" class="et_bloom_submit_subscription et_bloom_submit_subscription_locked">
								<span class="et_bloom_subscribe_loader"></span>
								<span class="et_bloom_button_text et_bloom_button_text_color_light">DOWNLOAD</span>
							</button>
						</div>
					</form>
					<div class="et_bloom_success_container">
						<span class="et_bloom_success_checkmark"></span>
					</div>
					<h2 class="et_bloom_success_message">You have successfully subscribed. Please check your email address to confirm your subscription and get access to free weekly Divi layout packs!</h2>
					
				</div>
			</div>
			<span class="et_bloom_close_button"></span>
				</div>
			</div>
					</div>
				</div>
<h2>Unlock Mobile Reordering In Divi 5</h2>
<p>You no longer need to duplicate sections or write custom CSS for common mobile reordering patterns. With <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/divi-5/">Divi 5</a>&#8216;s Flexbox ordering controls, you can create more intentional mobile layouts while keeping the desktop structure intact.</p>
<p>In Part 6 Of Mastering Flexbox: Key Tips For Building Responsive Layouts, we&#8217;ll bring everything together with responsive layout strategies, breakpoint-level adjustments, and real-world workflow tips for building cleaner Divi 5 layouts.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/members-area/divi-5/">Download Divi 5</a>, import the example layouts, and start experimenting with mobile reordering. Drop a comment below and let us know which reordering technique you found most useful.</p>
<div class="inline-elements small-gutters two-column centered"><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/members-area/divi-5/" class="button primary-button">Download Divi 5</a><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/divi-5/" class="button primary-button accent-purple" style="margin-bottom: 16px;">Learn More About Divi 5</a></div>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/part-5-of-mastering-flexbox-reordering-content-for-better-mobile-layouts">Part 5 Of Mastering Flexbox: Reordering Content For Better Mobile Layouts</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog">Elegant Themes Blog</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/part-5-of-mastering-flexbox-reordering-content-for-better-mobile-layouts/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
		<enclosure url="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/divi-5-flexbox-course-part-5-ft-img-3.jpg" width="280" type="image/jpg" medium="image" />	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Part 4 Of Mastering Flexbox: Aligning Content Without Spacers Or Custom CSS</title>
		<link>https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/part-4-of-mastering-flexbox-aligning-content-without-spacers-or-custom-css</link>
					<comments>https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/part-4-of-mastering-flexbox-aligning-content-without-spacers-or-custom-css#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Deanna McLean]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 16 Jul 2026 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Divi Resources]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[divi 5]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Divi 5 Flexbox]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Divi 5 Tutorial]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/?p=316157</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In Part 3 of our Mastering Flexbox series, we explored Layout Wrapping, the differences between Wrap and No Wrap, how Align Content affects wrapped multi-line layouts, and how Wrap Reverse and Display Order can improve responsive flow. In this fourth installment, we&#8217;ll focus on one of the most common layout challenges in web design: aligning [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/part-4-of-mastering-flexbox-aligning-content-without-spacers-or-custom-css">Part 4 Of Mastering Flexbox: Aligning Content Without Spacers Or Custom CSS</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog">Elegant Themes Blog</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/part-3-of-mastering-flexbox-wrap-vs-no-wrap-structure-templates">Part 3</a> of our Mastering <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/flexbox">Flexbox</a> series, we explored Layout Wrapping, the differences between Wrap and No Wrap, how Align Content affects wrapped multi-line layouts, and how Wrap Reverse and Display Order can improve responsive flow.</p>
<p>In this fourth installment, we&#8217;ll focus on one of the most common layout challenges in web design: aligning content without relying on hidden spacers, manual spacing hacks, or custom CSS.</p>
<p>Before Divi 5, designers often used empty Divider modules, manual padding, margins, or custom CSS to push content into place, create visual balance, or force elements to align inside equal-height containers. Those methods worked, but they added extra structure, required more breakpoint-specific cleanup, and made layouts harder to maintain.</p>
<p>Divi 5 gives you a cleaner visual workflow. With Flexbox controls such as <em>Justify Content</em>, <em>Align Items</em>, <em>Align Content</em>, and <em>Gap</em>, plus supporting tools like <em>Grow To Fill</em>, <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/module-groups">Module Groups</a>, and <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/everything-you-need-to-know-about-nested-modules-in-divi-5">Nested Modules</a>, you can align content directly in the Visual Builder with far less custom code.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s dive in.</p>
<h2>Why Traditional Alignment Methods Fall Short</h2>
<p>Before Divi 5, precise vertical or horizontal alignment often required workarounds. Some of the most common techniques included:</p>
<ul>
<li>Using hidden Divider modules to push content down or create artificial space.</li>
<li>Adding custom CSS to vertically center or bottom-align content inside equal-height columns.</li>
<li>Relying on manual padding and margin values that needed constant adjustment across breakpoints.</li>
</ul>
<p>Those approaches could solve the immediate visual problem, but they also made layouts more fragile. If a headline changed, a button label wrapped, or a section switched to a smaller breakpoint, the layout often needed another round of spacing adjustments.</p>
<p>With Divi 5&#8217;s native <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/everything-you-need-to-know-about-divi-5s-flexbox-layout-system">Flexbox Layout System</a>, alignment can be handled at the container level. Tools like <em>Justify Content</em>, <em>Align Items</em>, <em>Gap</em>, and <em>Grow To Fill</em> help you create balanced layouts that respond more naturally to real content.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316439 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/flexbox-layout-system.jpeg" alt="Divi 5 Flexbox Layout System" width="1800" height="896" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/flexbox-layout-system.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/flexbox-layout-system-300x149.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/flexbox-layout-system-768x382.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/flexbox-layout-system-1536x765.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/flexbox-layout-system-610x304.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h2>Core Alignment Tools You&#8217;ll Use Most</h2>
<p>Most Flexbox alignment controls live in the <em>Layout</em> option group. The most important ones to understand are <em>Justify Content</em>, <em>Align Items</em>, <em>Align Content</em>, and <em>Gap</em>.</p>
<p><em>Justify Content</em> distributes child elements along the main axis. In a <em>Row</em> direction, that usually means horizontal distribution. In a <em>Column</em> direction, that usually means vertical distribution. Its options, including Start, Center, End, Space Between, Space Around, and Space Evenly, help you control how content is positioned inside its parent container.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316440 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Justify-Content-in-Divi-5.jpg" alt="Justify Content in Divi 5" width="1800" height="731" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Justify-Content-in-Divi-5.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Justify-Content-in-Divi-5-300x122.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Justify-Content-in-Divi-5-768x312.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Justify-Content-in-Divi-5-1536x624.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Justify-Content-in-Divi-5-610x248.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p><em>Align Items</em> controls alignment along the cross axis. In a Row layout, this usually affects vertical alignment. In a Column layout, it usually affects horizontal alignment. The available options, Start, Center, End, and Stretch, are useful for centering items, aligning edges, or stretching items when their sizing allows it.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316441 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Align-Items-in-Divi-5.jpg" alt="Align Items in Divi 5" width="1800" height="612" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Align-Items-in-Divi-5.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Align-Items-in-Divi-5-300x102.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Align-Items-in-Divi-5-768x261.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Align-Items-in-Divi-5-1536x522.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Align-Items-in-Divi-5-610x207.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>When <em>Layout Wrapping</em> is enabled and content flows onto multiple lines, <em>Align Content</em> controls how those wrapped lines are distributed along the cross axis. This setting only has a visible effect when there are multiple flex lines and the parent container has extra space to distribute, such as a defined or minimum height.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316442 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Align-Content-in-Divi-5.jpeg" alt="Align Content in Divi 5" width="1800" height="1400" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Align-Content-in-Divi-5.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Align-Content-in-Divi-5-300x233.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Align-Content-in-Divi-5-768x597.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Align-Content-in-Divi-5-1536x1195.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Align-Content-in-Divi-5-610x474.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>These alignment tools become even more powerful when combined with <em>Horizontal Gap</em> and <em>Vertical Gap</em> for consistent spacing, <em>Grow To Fill</em> in the <em>Sizing</em> option group for flexible item growth, <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/everything-you-need-to-know-about-divi-5-module-groups"><em>Module Groups</em></a> for grouping related modules, and <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/everything-you-need-to-know-about-nested-modules-in-divi-5"><em>Nested Modules</em></a> for creating independent alignment contexts inside modules.</p>
<h2>Alignment Examples Built With Divi 5</h2>
<p>To show how these tools work together, let&#8217;s walk through a few practical alignment examples and the settings used in each one.</p>
<h3>1. Navigation Menu</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316381 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-navigation.jpg" alt="Flexbox alignment - navigation" width="1800" height="414" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-navigation.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-navigation-300x69.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-navigation-768x177.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-navigation-1536x353.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-navigation-610x140.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p><strong>Goal:</strong> Build a header navigation where the logo and menu links sit on the left, the CTA buttons sit on the right, and everything stays vertically centered.</p>
<p><strong>Settings Used:</strong> The layout uses a single-column row. At the column level, <em>Justify Content</em> is set to <em>Space Between</em>, <em>Align Items</em> is set to <em>Center</em>, and the <em>Horizontal Gap</em> is set to <em>20px</em>. The first <em>Module Group</em>, containing the logo and navigation links, uses <em>Justify Content &gt; Space Between</em> and <em>Align Items &gt; Center</em>. The second <em>Module Group</em>, containing the two buttons, uses <em>Justify Content &gt; End</em>, <em>Align Items &gt; Center</em>, and a <em>10px Horizontal Gap</em> so the buttons sit neatly side-by-side.</p>
<p>This combination creates a balanced navigation header without hidden spacing modules or manual margin adjustments between every element.</p>
<h3>2. Hero Section</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-316379" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-hero.jpg" alt="Flexbox alignment - Hero section" width="1800" height="897" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-hero.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-hero-300x150.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-hero-768x383.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-hero-1536x765.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-hero-610x304.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p><strong>Goal:</strong> Create a clean hero section where the content stacks vertically, spacing stays consistent, and the two CTA buttons sit side-by-side.</p>
<p><strong>Settings Used:</strong> The parent row uses <em>Align Items &gt; Stretch</em>. At the column level, <em>Align Items</em> and <em>Justify Content</em> are both set to <em>Start</em>, with a <em>20px Vertical Gap</em> applied between child elements. A <em>Module Group</em> wraps the two buttons using <em>Layout Direction &gt; Row</em> and a <em>15px Horizontal Gap</em>, keeping them aligned horizontally with consistent space between them.</p>
<p>This approach gives you predictable spacing from the parent container instead of relying on extra Divider modules or one-off padding values.</p>
<h3>3. Statistics Grid</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316383 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-statistics.jpg" alt="Flexbox alignment - statistics" width="1800" height="933" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-statistics.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-statistics-300x156.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-statistics-768x398.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-statistics-1536x796.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-statistics-610x316.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p><strong>Goal:</strong> Display four key metrics in a responsive grid where each stat card feels centered, balanced, and easy to scan.</p>
<p><strong>Settings Used:</strong> This section uses a four-column row with <em>Layout Wrapping &gt; Wrap</em> and <em>Column Class &gt; 1/2</em> on each column, creating a two-by-two grid. The row uses <em>20px Horizontal Gap</em> and <em>20px Vertical Gap</em> to control spacing between the cards. At the column level, <em>Justify Content</em> and <em>Align Items</em> are both set to <em>Center</em>. Each column also uses <em>20px Padding</em> on all four sides in the <em>Spacing</em> option group to create breathing room inside each card.</p>
<p>Gap handles spacing between cards, while padding handles spacing inside each card. Keeping those two roles separate makes the layout easier to adjust across breakpoints.</p>
<h3>4. Service Cards</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316385 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-service-cards.jpg" alt="Flexbox alignment - service cards" width="1800" height="2237" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-service-cards.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-service-cards-241x300.jpg 241w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-service-cards-768x954.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-service-cards-1236x1536.jpg 1236w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-service-cards-1648x2048.jpg 1648w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-service-cards-610x758.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p><strong>Goal:</strong> Create a service section where the headline row aligns cleanly and each service card keeps its button positioned consistently, even when text lengths vary.</p>
<p><strong>Settings Used:</strong> The top row uses two columns with <em>Column Class &gt; 1/2</em> and <em>Align Items &gt; End</em> at the row level to align the content toward the bottom edge. Each column also uses <em>Align Items &gt; Stretch</em> so its internal elements can fill the available width.</p>
<p>The second row contains six columns with <em>Layout Wrapping &gt; Wrap</em> and <em>Column Class &gt; 1/2</em>. The row uses <em>Align Items &gt; Start</em>. Inside each service card, the Heading module uses a Nested Module for the supporting text, paired with a <em>10px Horizontal Gap</em> for spacing. <em>Grow To Fill</em> is enabled where the content area needs to absorb extra space, helping the button stay aligned near the bottom of each card.</p>
<p>This technique is useful for card layouts where text lengths vary but the CTA position needs to remain consistent.</p>
<h3>5. Mixed-Width Highlight Section</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316391 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-Mixed-Width.jpg" alt="Flexbox alignment - Mixed Width" width="1800" height="1169" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-Mixed-Width.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-Mixed-Width-300x195.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-Mixed-Width-768x499.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-Mixed-Width-1536x998.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-Mixed-Width-610x396.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p><strong>Goal:</strong> Build a highlight area that combines a large featured content block, a statistic card, and smaller supporting boxes while keeping the layout visually balanced.</p>
<p><strong>Settings Used:</strong> This section uses a row with mixed column spans and <em>Layout Wrapping</em>. The row has both <em>Horizontal Gap</em> and <em>Vertical Gap</em> set to <em>30px</em>. At the parent level, <em>Align Items &gt; Stretch</em> helps columns share a consistent row height when their sizing allows it. One column uses <em>Justify Content &gt; Space Between</em> to distribute its internal content from top to bottom, while the other columns use <em>Start</em>. A <em>15px Vertical Gap</em> on each column controls spacing between modules, and each column also applies <em>20px Padding</em> on all four sides for internal breathing room.</p>
<p>This combination creates a more dynamic layout while keeping spacing, alignment, and internal structure easier to manage.</p>
<h3>6. Process Steps</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316392 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-process-steps.jpeg" alt="Flexbox alignment - process steps" width="1800" height="1469" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-process-steps.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-process-steps-300x245.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-process-steps-768x627.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-process-steps-1536x1254.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-alignment-process-steps-610x498.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p><strong>Goal:</strong> Build a four-step <em>How It Works</em> process layout where icons, step numbers, headings, and supporting text stay structured and aligned across columns.</p>
<p><strong>Settings Used:</strong> This section uses a two-column row with <em>Column Class &gt; 1/2</em> and <em>Layout Wrapping &gt; Wrap</em> enabled. Each column has <em>10px Padding</em> on all four sides for internal spacing. At the column level, <em>Align Items &gt; Stretch</em> and <em>Justify Content &gt; Start</em> are applied.</p>
<p>Inside each column, a <em>Module Group</em> wraps the icon and step number. This group uses <em>Layout Direction &gt; Row</em>, <em>Justify Content &gt; Space Between</em>, and <em>Align Items &gt; Center</em>, keeping the icon and large number aligned on the same horizontal line.</p>
<p>This setup creates a structured process section without extra spacer modules.</p>
<h2>Step-By-Step Build Walkthrough</h2>
<p>Let&#8217;s walk through how to build a three-column team member card section using native Flexbox alignment tools, with Spacing used only where it supports internal padding or visual breathing room.</p>
<h3>Step 1: Create The Parent Row</h3>
<p>Add a new three-column row. Select <em>Flex</em> as the Layout Style if it isn&#8217;t already selected. Set the row to <em>Layout Wrapping &gt; Wrap</em> if you plan to add more than three team members later. This allows additional columns to move onto new flex lines instead of requiring extra rows.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/enable-layout-wrapping.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>Next, set the <em>Horizontal Gap</em> and <em>Vertical Gap</em> to <em>20px</em> for consistent spacing between columns.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316400 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/set-horizontal-and-vertical-gaps.jpg" alt="set horizontal and vertical gaps" width="1800" height="856" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/set-horizontal-and-vertical-gaps.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/set-horizontal-and-vertical-gaps-300x143.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/set-horizontal-and-vertical-gaps-768x365.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/set-horizontal-and-vertical-gaps-1536x730.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/set-horizontal-and-vertical-gaps-610x290.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Open the first column&#8217;s settings. In the <em>Content</em> tab, assign a <em>Background Color</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316401 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/assign-a-background-color.jpeg" alt="assign a background color in Divi 5" width="1800" height="836" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/assign-a-background-color.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/assign-a-background-color-300x139.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/assign-a-background-color-768x357.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/assign-a-background-color-1536x713.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/assign-a-background-color-610x283.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>In the <em>Layout</em> option group, set the <em>Vertical Gap</em> to <em>0px</em>. This removes automatic spacing between the column&#8217;s direct child elements so the card structure can be controlled more intentionally with internal Module Groups.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316410 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/column-vertical-gap.jpeg" alt="column vertical gap" width="1800" height="856" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/column-vertical-gap.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/column-vertical-gap-300x143.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/column-vertical-gap-768x365.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/column-vertical-gap-1536x730.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/column-vertical-gap-610x290.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Use the <em>Border</em> option group to add a <em>Border Radius</em>, <em>Border Style</em>, <em>Border Width</em>, and <em>Border Color</em> to the column.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316402 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/column-border-styles.jpeg" alt="column border styles" width="1800" height="901" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/column-border-styles.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/column-border-styles-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/column-border-styles-768x384.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/column-border-styles-1536x769.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/column-border-styles-610x305.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Return to the row and select the <em>Content</em> tab. In the <em>Elements</em> option group, right-click the first column, copy its item styles, and paste those styles onto the remaining columns.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/copy-and-paste-column-styles.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<h3>Step 2: Add The Content</h3>
<p>Add an Image module to the first column. In the <em>Design</em> tab, expand the <em>Sizing</em> option group and set the <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/aspect-ration-image-framing-image-presets-for-divi-5"><em>Aspect Ratio</em></a> to <em>1:1</em>. This frames the image as a square.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316405 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/image-aspect-ratio.jpeg" alt="using Aspect Ratio in Divi 5" width="1800" height="998" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/image-aspect-ratio.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/image-aspect-ratio-300x166.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/image-aspect-ratio-768x426.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/image-aspect-ratio-1536x852.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/image-aspect-ratio-610x338.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Next, expand the <em>Framing</em> option group. Change <em>Object Fit</em> from the default Fit option to <em>Cover</em>. Use the <em>Object Position</em> picker to choose which part of the image should remain visible inside the square frame.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/adjust-image-framing-in-Divi-5.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>Next, add a <em>Module Group</em> and a <em>Heading</em> module to the first column.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/adding-modules-in-Divi-5.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>In the Group&#8217;s <em>Design</em> tab, open the <em>Layout</em> option group and set a <em>15px Vertical Gap</em>. Then open the <em>Spacing</em> option group and add <em>20px Padding</em> to all four sides.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/module-group-flex-settings.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>Add a <em>Text</em> module as a nested element inside the main <em>Heading</em> module.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316412 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-nested-elements-in-Divi-5.jpeg" alt="add nested elements in Divi 5" width="1800" height="878" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-nested-elements-in-Divi-5.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-nested-elements-in-Divi-5-300x146.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-nested-elements-in-Divi-5-768x375.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-nested-elements-in-Divi-5-1536x749.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-nested-elements-in-Divi-5-610x298.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Nested Modules let you place modules inside other modules, turning the parent module into a layout container. This gives you another level of control over alignment, spacing, and internal structure.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/nested-module-flex-settings.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>Next, add a new <em>Module Group</em> with three <em>Text</em> modules below the other modules in the column. Style them as needed, then adjust the Group&#8217;s Flexbox settings. In the <em>Layout</em> option group, set the <em>Horizontal Gap</em> and <em>Vertical Gap</em> to <em>8px</em>. Use <em>Row</em> for the <em>Layout Direction</em> and enable <em>Layout Wrapping</em> so the tags can flow onto additional lines when needed.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316414 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/group-flex-settings.jpeg" alt="adjust flexbox settings on Module Groups in Divi 5" width="1800" height="904" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/group-flex-settings.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/group-flex-settings-300x151.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/group-flex-settings-768x386.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/group-flex-settings-1536x771.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/group-flex-settings-610x306.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>To finish the column, add another <em>Module Group</em>. Use the <em>Layers</em> panel to make sure it is nested within the <em>Main Group</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316416 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/nested-module-groups-1.jpeg" alt="nested module groups" width="1800" height="926" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/nested-module-groups-1.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/nested-module-groups-1-300x154.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/nested-module-groups-1-768x395.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/nested-module-groups-1-1536x790.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/nested-module-groups-1-610x314.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Inside the last Group, add a <em>Social Media Follow</em> module and a <em>Text</em> module, then style them. Set the Group&#8217;s <em>Layout Direction</em> to <em>Row</em> and <em>Justify Content</em> to <em>Space Between</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316417 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/group-module-flexbox-settings-1.jpeg" alt="group module flexbox settings" width="1800" height="904" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/group-module-flexbox-settings-1.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/group-module-flexbox-settings-1-300x151.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/group-module-flexbox-settings-1-768x386.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/group-module-flexbox-settings-1-1536x771.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/group-module-flexbox-settings-1-610x306.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Alignment can be controlled at the module level, too. In the <em>Text</em> module&#8217;s <em>Layout</em> option group, set both <em>Justify Content</em> and <em>Align Items</em> to <em>Center</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316419 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/text-module-flexbox-settings.jpeg" alt="text module flexbox settings" width="1800" height="904" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/text-module-flexbox-settings.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/text-module-flexbox-settings-300x151.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/text-module-flexbox-settings-768x386.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/text-module-flexbox-settings-1536x771.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/text-module-flexbox-settings-610x306.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Fill the remaining two columns with content to finish the initial design.</p>
<h3>Step 3: Make Alignment Adjustments</h3>
<p>Depending on the length of your content, such as the bio text or the number of skill tags, you may notice small alignment shifts.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316421 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/alignment-shifts.jpg" alt="alignment shifts in Flexbox" width="1800" height="903" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/alignment-shifts.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/alignment-shifts-300x151.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/alignment-shifts-768x385.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/alignment-shifts-1536x771.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/alignment-shifts-610x306.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>To keep the layout balanced as content changes, make a few targeted Flexbox and Sizing adjustments with <em>Justify Content</em> and <em>Grow To Fill</em>.</p>
<p>Although it might be tempting to set <em>Justify Content &gt; Space Between</em> only at the column level, that does not solve every internal alignment issue. It separates the first and last direct child elements, but middle content such as bios and tags may still shift depending on its length.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/justify-content-space-between-1.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>A more reliable approach is to set each <em>Column</em> and main <em>Module Group</em> to <em>Justify Content &gt; Space Between</em>, then use <em>Grow To Fill</em> on the content area that should absorb the remaining space.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/column-and-module-group-settings.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>Next, select the <em>main Module Group</em>. Open the <em>Sizing</em> option group and enable <em>Grow To Fill</em>.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/enable-grow-to-fill-1.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>This allows the main content group to expand inside the card, helping the bottom Social Icons group stay aligned near the end of the card across different content lengths.</p>
<p>To keep the <em>Tag Group</em> aligned above the <em>Social Group</em>, enable <em>Grow To Fill</em> on the <em>Heading</em> module as well.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/perfect-alignment-with-grow-to-fill.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<p>This lets the heading and bio area absorb extra space, keeping the tag group and social row in a more consistent position as content changes.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316426 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Screenshot-2026-06-24-at-4.59.21-PM.png" alt="three column layout with Flex settings and Grow To Fill" width="1800" height="920" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Screenshot-2026-06-24-at-4.59.21-PM.png 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Screenshot-2026-06-24-at-4.59.21-PM-300x153.png 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Screenshot-2026-06-24-at-4.59.21-PM-768x393.png 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Screenshot-2026-06-24-at-4.59.21-PM-1536x785.png 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Screenshot-2026-06-24-at-4.59.21-PM-610x312.png 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h3>Step 4: Use Divi 5&#8217;s Responsive Tools</h3>
<p>Flexbox helps layouts adapt across breakpoints, but you should still review tablet and phone views. Use Divi&#8217;s <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/customizable-responsive-breakpoints">Customizable Responsive Breakpoints</a> to preview the layout on smaller screens. Switch between breakpoints to spot alignment or spacing issues, then apply targeted adjustments with per-breakpoint Flexbox settings, Column Class values, or Structure Templates when needed.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/apply-structure-templates.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<h3>Step 5: Edit, Duplicate, Or Delete Columns</h3>
<p>Once your team member card works across breakpoints, adding more team members is simple. Open the row settings, then go to the <em>Elements</em> option group. From here, you can edit, duplicate, or delete any column.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-316444" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/modify-columns-in-Divi-5.jpeg" alt="modify columns in Divi 5" width="1800" height="922" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/modify-columns-in-Divi-5.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/modify-columns-in-Divi-5-300x154.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/modify-columns-in-Divi-5-768x393.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/modify-columns-in-Divi-5-1536x787.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/modify-columns-in-Divi-5-610x312.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Duplicating a column copies the column styling, Flexbox settings, padding, borders, and nested modules. Update the content in the new column, then review the layout at each breakpoint. Because <em>Layout Wrapping</em> is enabled on the row, additional cards can flow onto new lines instead of requiring new rows.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/duplicating-columns-in-Divi-5.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<h2>Best Practices And Pro Tips</h2>
<p>Now that you&#8217;ve seen Flexbox alignment in action, here are a few practical tips to help you build cleaner, more maintainable layouts.</p>
<h3>Adjust Alignment Per Breakpoint</h3>
<p>You don&#8217;t have to use the same alignment settings across every device. For example, you might use <em>Center</em> alignment on mobile for better visual balance while keeping <em>Start</em> alignment on desktop. Divi 5&#8217;s <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/theme-releases/responsive-editor">Responsive Editor</a> and <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/everything-you-need-to-know-about-divi-5s-customizable-breakpoints">Customizable Responsive Breakpoints</a> make these changes easier to manage.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/adjust-alignment-per-breakpoint-1.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<h3>Combine Alignment With Layout Direction</h3>
<p>Switching between <em>Row</em> and <em>Column</em> direction at different breakpoints changes how <em>Justify Content</em> and <em>Align Items</em> behave. Use this intentionally when a horizontal desktop layout needs to become a stacked or centered mobile layout.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/adjust-alignment-per-breakpoint.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<h3>Use Height When Working With Align Content</h3>
<p><em>Align Content</em> only has a visible effect when wrapping creates multiple flex lines and the parent container has extra cross-axis space. Adding a height or minimum height, such as <em>600px</em>, gives Align Content room to distribute those wrapped lines.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/using-align-content.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<h3>Always Test With Real Content</h3>
<p>Placeholder content can hide alignment issues. Test with short, medium, and long copy, different button labels, varying tag counts, and real images early in the process so you can catch layout issues before publishing.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/test-with-real-content.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<h2>Download The Layouts</h2>
<p>To help you practice everything covered in this post, we&#8217;ve prepared a zipped file called <em>Flexbox Alignment</em>. It includes the example layouts shown above, built with Flexbox alignment patterns you can inspect and reuse. You can import any layout individually or upload the <em>Flexbox Alignment &#8211; ALL.json</em> file to import them all at once.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316454 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/flexbox-alignment.jpg" alt="flexbox alignment layout examples" width="1800" height="606" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/flexbox-alignment.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/flexbox-alignment-300x101.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/flexbox-alignment-768x259.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/flexbox-alignment-1536x517.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/flexbox-alignment-610x205.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>To import them, go to your WordPress dashboard and navigate to <em>Divi &gt; Divi Library</em>. Click the <em>Import &amp; Export</em> button at the top.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316449 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/import-and-export-divi-layouts.jpeg" alt="import and export divi layouts" width="1800" height="896" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/import-and-export-divi-layouts.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/import-and-export-divi-layouts-300x149.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/import-and-export-divi-layouts-768x382.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/import-and-export-divi-layouts-1536x765.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/import-and-export-divi-layouts-610x304.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Switch to the <em>Import</em> tab, select a JSON file, and click <em>Import Divi Builder Layouts</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316450 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/import-divi-layouts.jpeg" alt="import divi layouts" width="1800" height="897" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/import-divi-layouts.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/import-divi-layouts-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/import-divi-layouts-768x383.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/import-divi-layouts-1536x765.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/import-divi-layouts-610x304.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Once imported, open a page in the Visual Builder or create a new one. When the Builder loads, click to add a <em>new section</em> to the page.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-316451 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-new-section-to-Divi-.jpg" alt="add new section to Divi" width="1800" height="727" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-new-section-to-Divi-.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-new-section-to-Divi--300x121.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-new-section-to-Divi--768x310.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-new-section-to-Divi--1536x620.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-new-section-to-Divi--610x246.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Select the <em>Add From Library</em> tab, choose a layout, and click <em>Use This Section</em> to load it onto the page.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/add-a-layout-from-the-Divi-Library.mp4" type="video/mp4" /></video></p>
<div class="et_bloom_locked_container et_bloom_optin_1" data-page_id="316157" data-optin_id="optin_1" data-list_id="mailchimp_c886a2fc0a" data-current_optin_id="optin_1">
					<div class="et_bloom_locked_content" style="display: none;">
						<a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Flexbox-Alignment.zip" class="button inline-button primary-button" rel=" ">Download the Files</a>
					</div>
					<div class="et_bloom_locked_form">
						<div class="et_bloom_inline_form et_bloom_optin et_bloom_make_form_visible et_bloom_optin_1" style="display: none;">
				<style type="text/css">.et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_content { background-color: #4843d2 !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container .et_bloom_form_header { background-color: #ffffff !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .carrot_edge .et_bloom_form_content:before { border-top-color: #ffffff !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .carrot_edge.et_bloom_form_right .et_bloom_form_content:before, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .carrot_edge.et_bloom_form_left .et_bloom_form_content:before { border-top-color: transparent !important; border-left-color: #ffffff !important; }
						@media only screen and ( max-width: 767px ) {.et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .carrot_edge.et_bloom_form_right .et_bloom_form_content:before { border-top-color: #ffffff !important; border-left-color: transparent !important; }.et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .carrot_edge.et_bloom_form_left .et_bloom_form_content:after { border-bottom-color: #ffffff !important; border-left-color: transparent !important; }
						}.et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_content button { background-color: #f92c8b !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_content .et_bloom_fields i { color: #f92c8b !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_content .et_bloom_custom_field_radio i:before { background: #f92c8b !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_border_solid { border-color: #f7f9fb !important } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_content button { background-color: #f92c8b !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container h2, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container h2 span, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container h2 strong { font-family: "Open Sans", Helvetica, Arial, Lucida, sans-serif; }.et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container p, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container p span, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container p strong, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container form input, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container form button span { font-family: "Open Sans", Helvetica, Arial, Lucida, sans-serif; } p.et_bloom_popup_input { padding-bottom: 0 !important;}</style>
				<div class="et_bloom_form_container  with_edge carrot_edge et_bloom_border_solid et_bloom_rounded et_bloom_form_text_light et_bloom_form_bottom et_bloom_inline_1_field">
					
			<div class="et_bloom_form_container_wrapper clearfix">
				<div class="et_bloom_header_outer">
					<div class="et_bloom_form_header split et_bloom_header_text_dark">
						<img decoding="async" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/plugins/bloom/images/premade-image-06.png" alt="Download For Free" class=" et_bloom_image_slideup et_bloom_image">
						<div class="et_bloom_form_text">
						<h2>Download For Free</h2><p>Join the Divi Newsletter and we will email you a copy of the ultimate Divi Landing Page Layout Pack, plus tons of other amazing and free Divi resources, tips and tricks. Follow along and you will be a Divi master in no time. <em>If you are already subscribed simply type in your email address below and click download to access the layout pack.</em></p>
					</div>
						
					</div>
				</div>
				<div class="et_bloom_form_content et_bloom_1_field et_bloom_bottom_inline">
					
					
					<form method="post" class="clearfix">
						<div class="et_bloom_fields">
							
							<p class="et_bloom_popup_input et_bloom_subscribe_email">
								<input placeholder="Enter your email address">
							</p>
							
							<button data-optin_id="optin_1" data-service="mailchimp" data-list_id="c886a2fc0a" data-page_id="316157" data-account="Divi Daily" data-ip_address="true" class="et_bloom_submit_subscription et_bloom_submit_subscription_locked">
								<span class="et_bloom_subscribe_loader"></span>
								<span class="et_bloom_button_text et_bloom_button_text_color_light">DOWNLOAD</span>
							</button>
						</div>
					</form>
					<div class="et_bloom_success_container">
						<span class="et_bloom_success_checkmark"></span>
					</div>
					<h2 class="et_bloom_success_message">You have successfully subscribed. Please check your email address to confirm your subscription and get access to free weekly Divi layout packs!</h2>
					
				</div>
			</div>
			<span class="et_bloom_close_button"></span>
				</div>
			</div>
					</div>
				</div>
<h2>Master Alignment With Flexbox In Divi 5</h2>
<p>For many common alignment patterns, you no longer need hidden Divider modules, spacing hacks, or custom CSS. <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/divi-5/">Divi 5</a>&#8216;s Flexbox tools give you visual, content-aware controls for positioning, spacing, and aligning elements across responsive layouts.</p>
<p>In Part 5 Of Mastering Flexbox: Reordering Content For Better Mobile Layouts, we&#8217;ll show how to combine Display Order, Flexbox direction changes, and Wrap Reverse to create better mobile flows without duplicating content.</p>
<p>Download the example layouts, experiment in the Visual Builder, and start building cleaner, more maintainable pages. Drop a comment below and let us know which alignment technique you&#8217;re most excited to try.</p>
<div class="inline-elements small-gutters two-column centered"><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/members-area/divi-5/" class="button primary-button">Download Divi 5</a><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/divi-5/" class="button primary-button accent-purple" style="margin-bottom: 16px;">Learn More About Divi 5</a></div>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/part-4-of-mastering-flexbox-aligning-content-without-spacers-or-custom-css">Part 4 Of Mastering Flexbox: Aligning Content Without Spacers Or Custom CSS</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog">Elegant Themes Blog</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/part-4-of-mastering-flexbox-aligning-content-without-spacers-or-custom-css/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
		<enclosure url="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/divi-5-flexbox-part-4-ft-img-4.jpg" width="280" type="image/jpg" medium="image" />	</item>
		<item>
		<title>5 Tetris Designs For Divi 5 (Free Download!)</title>
		<link>https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/tetris-designs-for-divi-5</link>
					<comments>https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/tetris-designs-for-divi-5#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Donjete Vuniqi]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 15 Jul 2026 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Divi Resources]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Divi 5 Freebie]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Divi 5 Tutorial]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/?p=316991</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Divi 5 makes it easy to create structured layouts with strong visual rhythm. In this free pack, you’ll get 5 Tetris Designs that are perfect for landing pages, service sections, feature highlights, portfolio sections, product pages, agency websites, content blocks, call-to-action areas, and more. Each design uses modular blocks, offset cards, bold spacing, layered content [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/tetris-designs-for-divi-5">5 Tetris Designs For Divi 5 (Free Download!)</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog">Elegant Themes Blog</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/divi-5/">Divi 5</a> makes it easy to create structured layouts with strong visual rhythm. In this free pack, you’ll get 5 Tetris Designs that are perfect for landing pages, service sections, feature highlights, portfolio sections, product pages, agency websites, content blocks, call-to-action areas, and more.</p>
<p>Each design uses modular blocks, offset cards, bold spacing, layered content areas, typography, imagery, buttons, and clean grid relationships to create polished sections with a dynamic, puzzle-like layout style. Import a section, replace the content, update the visuals, and you’re ready to go.</p>
<h2>Preview</h2>
<p>Here’s a quick look at the 5 Tetris Designs included in the pack. The download is further down the post.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-317027" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Tetris-Designs-For-Divi-5.jpeg" alt="Tetris Designs For Divi 5" width="1800" height="1663" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Tetris-Designs-For-Divi-5.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Tetris-Designs-For-Divi-5-300x277.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Tetris-Designs-For-Divi-5-768x710.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Tetris-Designs-For-Divi-5-1536x1419.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Tetris-Designs-For-Divi-5-610x564.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h2>Download 5 Tetris Designs For Divi 5</h2>
<p>Get all 5 designs for free. Import them into your Divi Library and add them to any page in the Visual Builder.</p>
<div class="et_bloom_locked_container et_bloom_optin_1" data-page_id="316991" data-optin_id="optin_1" data-list_id="mailchimp_c886a2fc0a" data-current_optin_id="optin_1">
					<div class="et_bloom_locked_content" style="display: none;">
						<a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/divi-5-tetris-designs.zip" class="button inline-button primary-button" rel=" ">Download the Files</a>
					</div>
					<div class="et_bloom_locked_form">
						<div class="et_bloom_inline_form et_bloom_optin et_bloom_make_form_visible et_bloom_optin_1" style="display: none;">
				<style type="text/css">.et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_content { background-color: #4843d2 !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container .et_bloom_form_header { background-color: #ffffff !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .carrot_edge .et_bloom_form_content:before { border-top-color: #ffffff !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .carrot_edge.et_bloom_form_right .et_bloom_form_content:before, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .carrot_edge.et_bloom_form_left .et_bloom_form_content:before { border-top-color: transparent !important; border-left-color: #ffffff !important; }
						@media only screen and ( max-width: 767px ) {.et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .carrot_edge.et_bloom_form_right .et_bloom_form_content:before { border-top-color: #ffffff !important; border-left-color: transparent !important; }.et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .carrot_edge.et_bloom_form_left .et_bloom_form_content:after { border-bottom-color: #ffffff !important; border-left-color: transparent !important; }
						}.et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_content button { background-color: #f92c8b !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_content .et_bloom_fields i { color: #f92c8b !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_content .et_bloom_custom_field_radio i:before { background: #f92c8b !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_border_solid { border-color: #f7f9fb !important } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_content button { background-color: #f92c8b !important; } .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container h2, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container h2 span, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container h2 strong { font-family: "Open Sans", Helvetica, Arial, Lucida, sans-serif; }.et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container p, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container p span, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container p strong, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container form input, .et_bloom .et_bloom_optin_1 .et_bloom_form_container form button span { font-family: "Open Sans", Helvetica, Arial, Lucida, sans-serif; } p.et_bloom_popup_input { padding-bottom: 0 !important;}</style>
				<div class="et_bloom_form_container  with_edge carrot_edge et_bloom_border_solid et_bloom_rounded et_bloom_form_text_light et_bloom_form_bottom et_bloom_inline_1_field">
					
			<div class="et_bloom_form_container_wrapper clearfix">
				<div class="et_bloom_header_outer">
					<div class="et_bloom_form_header split et_bloom_header_text_dark">
						<img decoding="async" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/plugins/bloom/images/premade-image-06.png" alt="Download For Free" class=" et_bloom_image_slideup et_bloom_image">
						<div class="et_bloom_form_text">
						<h2>Download For Free</h2><p>Join the Divi Newsletter and we will email you a copy of the ultimate Divi Landing Page Layout Pack, plus tons of other amazing and free Divi resources, tips and tricks. Follow along and you will be a Divi master in no time. <em>If you are already subscribed simply type in your email address below and click download to access the layout pack.</em></p>
					</div>
						
					</div>
				</div>
				<div class="et_bloom_form_content et_bloom_1_field et_bloom_bottom_inline">
					
					
					<form method="post" class="clearfix">
						<div class="et_bloom_fields">
							
							<p class="et_bloom_popup_input et_bloom_subscribe_email">
								<input placeholder="Enter your email address">
							</p>
							
							<button data-optin_id="optin_1" data-service="mailchimp" data-list_id="c886a2fc0a" data-page_id="316991" data-account="Divi Daily" data-ip_address="true" class="et_bloom_submit_subscription et_bloom_submit_subscription_locked">
								<span class="et_bloom_subscribe_loader"></span>
								<span class="et_bloom_button_text et_bloom_button_text_color_light">DOWNLOAD</span>
							</button>
						</div>
					</form>
					<div class="et_bloom_success_container">
						<span class="et_bloom_success_checkmark"></span>
					</div>
					<h2 class="et_bloom_success_message">You have successfully subscribed. Please check your email address to confirm your subscription and get access to free weekly Divi layout packs!</h2>
					
				</div>
			</div>
			<span class="et_bloom_close_button"></span>
				</div>
			</div>
					</div>
				</div>
<h2>What’s Included (6 Exports)</h2>
<p>After you download and unzip the file, you’ll find 5 styled Tetris Layout Section exports, plus 1 file containing all layouts.</p>
<p><em>Styled &#8211; Tetris Layout Section 1 to 5 (5) → Five fully styled modular section layouts with offset content blocks, layered cards, bold visual structure, refined typography, buttons, images, and clean spacing that you can use as-is or customize.</em></p>
<p><em>Styled &#8211; Tetris Layout Sections (All) → Imports all 5 designs into your Divi Library at once.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317025 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/all-JSON-files-1.jpg" alt="Tetris JSON files" width="1800" height="290" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/all-JSON-files-1.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/all-JSON-files-1-300x48.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/all-JSON-files-1-768x124.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/all-JSON-files-1-1536x247.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/all-JSON-files-1-610x98.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h2>How To Use The Tetris Designs</h2>
<p>Keep your download folder handy. We’ll import the files, add a section to a page, and then replace the content.</p>
<h3>1. Import Sections Into The Divi Library</h3>
<p>Go to <em>Divi → Divi Library</em>. Click <em>Import &amp; Export</em> at the top of the screen.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Divi-Library-1-e1773416431452.jpeg" alt="Divi Library import screen" width="1800" height="873" /></p>
<p>In the <em>Import &amp; Export Layouts</em> modal, switch to the <em>Import</em> tab, then click <em>Choose File</em> and select your JSON file. Choose any Tetris Layout Section JSON you’d like to use, then click <em>Import Divi Builder Layouts</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317035 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/upload-json-files.jpeg" alt="upload json files" width="1800" height="895" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/upload-json-files.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/upload-json-files-300x149.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/upload-json-files-768x382.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/upload-json-files-1536x764.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/upload-json-files-610x303.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h3>2. Add A Tetris Section To Any Page</h3>
<p>Open a page in the <em>Visual Builder</em> and add a new <em>Section</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-309698" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/add-new-section-to-Divi.jpeg" alt="add new section to Divi" width="1800" height="777" /></p>
<p>Click <em>Add From Library</em> and select one of your Tetris Layout sections.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317036 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/choose-a-divi-library-item.jpeg" alt="choose a divi library item" width="1800" height="939" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/choose-a-divi-library-item.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/choose-a-divi-library-item-300x157.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/choose-a-divi-library-item-768x401.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/choose-a-divi-library-item-1536x801.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/choose-a-divi-library-item-610x318.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h3>3. Swap The Content</h3>
<p>Once the section is on the page, replacing the placeholder content only takes a few clicks. Start by updating the heading, body copy, buttons, labels, stats, feature text, service details, captions, links, and calls to action so the section matches your brand and message. Then swap in your own images, icons, screenshots, product visuals, or supporting content as needed.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317038 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/update-section-content.jpeg" alt="update section content" width="1800" height="733" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/update-section-content.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/update-section-content-300x122.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/update-section-content-768x313.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/update-section-content-1536x625.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/update-section-content-610x248.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Because Tetris-style layouts rely on modular blocks, offset positioning, and strong spacing relationships, it’s best to replace content one block at a time. This helps preserve the balance between text, imagery, cards, buttons, and negative space as you customize the design.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/update-one-section-at-a-time.mp4" /></video></p>
<p>If you want to expand or simplify a section, duplicate or remove existing rows, columns, groups, cards, content blocks, or modules rather than rebuilding the design from scratch. That’s the easiest way to preserve the original structure, spacing, alignment, and visual rhythm of the layout.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317042 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/edit-duplicate-or-delete-content.jpeg" alt="edit duplicate or delete content" width="1800" height="646" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/edit-duplicate-or-delete-content.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/edit-duplicate-or-delete-content-300x108.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/edit-duplicate-or-delete-content-768x276.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/edit-duplicate-or-delete-content-1536x551.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/edit-duplicate-or-delete-content-610x219.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h3>4. Adjust Styles (Optional)</h3>
<p>These Tetris Designs are already styled, so you can use them right away or refine them to better match your site. Update typography, colors, backgrounds, borders, shadows, spacing, images, buttons, card treatments, and layout sizing as needed using the settings in the Design tab.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/update-styles-in-DIvi-5.mp4" /></video></p>
<p>To change typography, open any Text or Heading module and go to the <em>Design</em> tab. Expand the relevant text settings to adjust <em>Font</em>, <em>Font Weight</em>, <em>Text Alignment</em>, <em>Text Color</em>, <em>Text Size</em>, <em>Letter Spacing</em>, <em>Line Height</em>, and more.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317044 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/update-heading-styles.jpeg" alt="update heading styles in Divi 5" width="1800" height="941" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/update-heading-styles.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/update-heading-styles-300x157.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/update-heading-styles-768x401.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/update-heading-styles-1536x803.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/update-heading-styles-610x319.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>To refine the modular styling, open the row, column, group, card, or module you want to adjust and use the<em> Content</em> and <em>Design</em> tabs to tweak <em>Background</em>, <em>Border Width</em>, <em>Border Color</em>, <em>Border Radius</em>, <em>Box Shadow</em>, <em>Sizing</em>, and <em>Spacing</em>.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/tweak-background-and-border-styles.mp4" /></video></p>
<p>If your section uses offset cards, stacked blocks, overlapping content, image tiles, stat boxes, button groups, or asymmetric spacing, keep those relationships in mind as you edit so the layout remains intentional and balanced.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317048 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/keep-relationships-in-mind.jpeg" alt="keep relationships in mind" width="1800" height="777" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/keep-relationships-in-mind.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/keep-relationships-in-mind-300x130.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/keep-relationships-in-mind-768x332.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/keep-relationships-in-mind-1536x663.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/keep-relationships-in-mind-610x263.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<p>Use Divi’s responsive editing tools to fine-tune spacing, stacking, block order, image size, card width, text alignment, and button placement on smaller screens so the layout stays polished across devices.</p>
<p><video class="card lazy" autoplay="autoplay" loop="loop" muted="" width="900" height="150" playsinline webkit-playsinline><source src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/responsive-tools-in-Divi-5-1.mp4" /></video></p>
<h2>Tips For Effective Tetris Layouts</h2>
<p>Tetris-style layouts work best when every block feels intentionally placed. Use these quick tips to keep your sections dynamic, organized, and easy to customize.</p>
<h3>Give Each Block A Clear Purpose</h3>
<p>Every card, image, stat, button, and text area should support the section’s main message. Avoid filling the layout with too many competing elements, and let each block do one clear job.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317051 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Give-Each-Block-A-Clear-Purpose.jpg" alt="Give Each Block A Clear Purpose" width="1800" height="1064" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Give-Each-Block-A-Clear-Purpose.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Give-Each-Block-A-Clear-Purpose-300x177.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Give-Each-Block-A-Clear-Purpose-768x454.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Give-Each-Block-A-Clear-Purpose-1536x908.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Give-Each-Block-A-Clear-Purpose-610x361.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h3>Use Contrast To Guide The Eye</h3>
<p>Tetris layouts often include several content blocks in one section. Use contrast, color, scale, and spacing to guide visitors through the layout and highlight the most important content first.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317052 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/use-contrast-to-guide-the-eye.jpeg" alt="use contrast to guide the eye" width="1800" height="1238" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/use-contrast-to-guide-the-eye.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/use-contrast-to-guide-the-eye-300x206.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/use-contrast-to-guide-the-eye-768x528.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/use-contrast-to-guide-the-eye-1536x1056.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/use-contrast-to-guide-the-eye-610x420.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h3>Keep Spacing Consistent</h3>
<p>Even when the layout feels playful or offset, spacing should still feel intentional. Keep the gaps between blocks, cards, images, buttons, and text areas consistent so the design feels polished instead of random.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317053 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Keep-Spacing-Consistent.jpg" alt="Keep Spacing Consistent" width="1800" height="734" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Keep-Spacing-Consistent.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Keep-Spacing-Consistent-300x122.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Keep-Spacing-Consistent-768x313.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Keep-Spacing-Consistent-1536x626.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Keep-Spacing-Consistent-610x249.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h3>Balance Asymmetry With Structure</h3>
<p>The appeal of a Tetris layout comes from its modular, asymmetric feel. Balance that movement with clean alignment, repeated shapes, consistent spacing, and clear visual hierarchy.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317054 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Balance-Asymmetry-With-Structure.jpg" alt="Balance Asymmetry With Structure" width="1800" height="982" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Balance-Asymmetry-With-Structure.jpg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Balance-Asymmetry-With-Structure-300x164.jpg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Balance-Asymmetry-With-Structure-768x419.jpg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Balance-Asymmetry-With-Structure-1536x838.jpg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Balance-Asymmetry-With-Structure-610x333.jpg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h3>Check The Layout On Mobile</h3>
<p>Tetris layouts can change noticeably on tablet and phone screens as blocks stack. Review your layout on smaller devices to make sure content order still makes sense, images crop well, spacing feels balanced, and calls to action remain easy to tap.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="with-border alignnone wp-image-317055 size-full" src="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Check-The-Layout-On-Mobile.jpeg" alt="Check The Layout On Mobile" width="1800" height="942" srcset="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Check-The-Layout-On-Mobile.jpeg 1800w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Check-The-Layout-On-Mobile-300x157.jpeg 300w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Check-The-Layout-On-Mobile-768x402.jpeg 768w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Check-The-Layout-On-Mobile-1536x804.jpeg 1536w, https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Check-The-Layout-On-Mobile-610x319.jpeg 610w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></p>
<h2>Start Building In Divi 5 Today!</h2>
<p>These 5 Tetris Designs for <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/divi-5/">Divi 5</a> give you a fast way to build dynamic, modular sections for landing pages, service sections, feature highlights, product pages, portfolio layouts, agency websites, call-to-action areas, and more. Swap in your content, customize the styling if needed, and you’ll have a polished section ready in minutes with <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/divi-5/">Divi 5</a>’s Visual Builder.</p>
<div class="inline-elements small-gutters two-column centered"><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/members-area/divi-5/" class="button primary-button">Download Divi 5</a><a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/divi-5/" class="button primary-button accent-purple" style="margin-bottom: 16px;">Learn More About Divi 5</a></div>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/tetris-designs-for-divi-5">5 Tetris Designs For Divi 5 (Free Download!)</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog">Elegant Themes Blog</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/divi-resources/tetris-designs-for-divi-5/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
		<enclosure url="https://www.elegantthemes.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/5-Tetris-Designs-For-Divi-5.jpeg" width="280" type="image/jpg" medium="image" />	</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
